Prasanna – Page 135 – PSEB Solutions

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 6 Guru Arjan Dev Ji and His Martyrdom

February 16, 2024February 15, 2024 by Prasanna

Punjab State Board PSEB 12th Class History Book Solutions Chapter 6 Guru Arjan Dev Ji and His Martyrdom Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 12 History Chapter 6 Guru Arjan Dev Ji and His Martyrdom

Long Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
What were the difficulties faced by Guru Arjan Dev Ji when he became the Guru?
Or
What were the difficulties faced by Guru Arjan Dev Ji after his accession to Gurgaddi?
Answer:
After ascending Gurgaddi, Guru Arjan Dev Ji had to face a number of difficulties. A brief description of these is given as under:

1. Opposition of Prithi Chand: Prithi Chand was the elder brother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. Therefore, he presumed himself as the true successor of Gurgaddi. But, when Guru Arjan Dev Ji was nominated as the successor by Guru Ram Das Ji he refused to submit and adopted an attitude of open defiance. Prithi Chand planned a conspiracy against Guru Arjan Dev Ji and complained to Akbar through a Mughal employee Sulahi Khan. But Akbar paid no heed to his complaints. Thus, till his death, Prithia remained an arch-enemy of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

2. Opposition of Orthodox Muslims: Guru Arjan Dev Ji had to face stiff opposition from orthodox Muslims. Muslims could never tolerate the increasing influence of Sikhs. Orthodox Muslims had established the Naqshbandi order at Sirhind. Shaikh Ahmad Sirhindi was the leader of this organization. In 1605 A.D., when Jahangir became the new Mughal ruler, these Naqshbandis poisoned his, ears against the Sikhs. As Jahangir was an orthodox emperor, so it had the desired impact on him.

3. Opposition of Brahmans: The Brahmans or the priestly class of Punjab were also against Guru Arjan Dev Ji. The main reason behind this was that the propagation of the Sikh religion resulted in the decreasing influence of BrahmAnswer: Sikhs had started performing their customs and traditions even without BrahmAnswer: When Guru Arjan Dev Ji edited Adi Granth Sahib Ji, Brahmans could not tolerate it. They complained to Akbar against Guru Granth Sahib but Akbar observed that it was a scripture worthy of reverence.

4. Opposition of Chandu Shah: Chandu Shah was the Diwan of Lahore. He was looking for a suitable match for his daughter. In connection with this, he sent his messengers in different parts. When they returned they proposed the name of Hargobind, son of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, for his daughter. On hearing this Chandu Shah was enraged and remarked some objectionable words in the honor of Guru Ji. But, after being persuaded by his wife he agreed to the proposal. By this time the Sikhs had come to know about the remarks given by Chandu Shah against Guru Ji. So, they asked an arch-enemy of Guru Arjan Dev Ji to turn down this proposal. On hearing this Chandu Shah got very angry and became an arch-enemy of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 2.
What was Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s contribution to the development of Sikhism?
Or
Throw a brief light on four important achievements of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Or
Describe the contribution of Guru Arjan Dev Ji to the development of Sikhism.
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s contribution to the development of Sikhism is multifaceted. His important achievements are as follows:

1. Construction of Harmandir Sahib: The foremost achievement of Guru Arjan Dev Ji for the consolidation of Sikhism was the construction of Harmandir Sahib. Its foundation was laid on 13th January 1588 A.D. by a very famous Sufi Saint, named Mian Mir Ji. In 1601 A.D. the construction of Harmandir Sahib was completed. The construction of Harmandir Sahib proved a milestone in the history of Sikhism.

2. Foundation of Tarn Taran: Guru Arjan Dev Ji, in order to propagate Sikhism in the Majha tract of Punjab, founded the city of Tarn Taran in 1590 A.D. This city is 24 km to the South of Amritsar. Here a tank named Tarn Taran was also dug. Tarn Taran means that any pilgrim who takes bath in this tank shall get salvation from transmigration.

3. Foundation of Kartarpur and Hargobindpur: In 1593 A.D., Guru Arjan Dev Ji laid the foundation of another town called Kartarpur in Jalandhar Doab. Kartarpur means, ‘The City of God’. On the occasion of the birth of his son in 1595 A.D. Hargobind, Guru Arjan Dev Sahib founded another town on the bank of the river Beas and this town was named Hargobindpur after the name of his son.

4. Development of Masand System: The development of the Masand system was one of the greatest achievements of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. The word Masand has been derived from the word ‘Masnad’ which means high place. As a consequence, the Guru needed money for Langar and other development programs. It was enjoined upon every Sikh to give Daswandh (l/10th) of his total income to Guru Sahib. For collecting this money from Sikhs, he appointed very responsible persons called Masands. This Masand’s not only collected money but also propagated Sikhism with vigorous zeal.

5. Compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji: The crowning achievement of Guru Arjan Dev Ji for the development of Sikhism is the compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji. Guru Arjan Dev Ji dictated the hymns to Bhai Gurdas Ji. This work was completed in 1604 A.D. In Adi Granth Sahib Ji, Guru Arjan Dev Ji included the hymns of Guru Nanak Dev Ji, Guru Angad Dev Ji, Guru Amar Das Ji, Guru Ram Das Ji, and his own hymns, which were maximum (2216) in number. Besides this, he had added the hymns of many Bhagats, Sufi Saints, and Baths. Later on, the hymns of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji were also included in it. The compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji is a great landmark in the history of the Sikh religion.

Question 3.
Write a brief note on Harmandir Sahib.
Or
Describe briefly the importance of the foundation of Sri Harmandir Sahib by Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Or
Give a brief account of the foundation and importance of Sri Harmandir Sahib.
Or
Briefly describe the importance of the foundation of Sri Harmandir Sahib.
Answer:
The foremost achievement of Guru Arjan Dev Ji for the consolidation of Sikhism was the construction of Harmandir Sahib. Guru Ram Das Ji had started the digging of Amrit Sarovar and it was completed by Guru Arjan Dev Ji. After this, he started the construction work of Harmandir Sahib (Temple of God) in Amrit Sarovar. Its foundation was laid on 13th January 1588 A.D. by a very famous Sufi Saint, named Mian Mir Ji. The Sikhs suggested to Guru Arjan Dev Ji that the temple should be higher than the surrounding buildings. But Guru Arjan Sahib said, “He who is humble shall be exalted.” That is why the building of the temple was kept lower as compared to the other buildings.

Another distinguishing feature of Harmandir Sahib was that it has four doorways, one on each side. It symbolizes that the people from all the four directions of the world may come to this temple of God without any discrimination on the basis of caste, color, or creed. On completion of this temple in 1601 A.D., Guru Sahib announced that the pilgrimage to this place would have the value of all the 68 Hindu places of pilgrimage and if any pilgrim takes bath here with full devotion shall attain salvation. It impressed a large number of people. They started coming here in large numbers and it helped in the propagation of Sikhism. In a very short period, Harmandir Sahib became the most important pilgrimage of the Sikhs.

Question 4.
What do you know about Masand System?
Or
Examine the organization and development of the Masand System.
Or
Who started Masand System? What were its aims?
Or
Give a brief description of the Masand System.
Or
Write a short note on Masand System.
Answer:
Of the institutions which appreciably contributed towards the development of Sikhism, the Masand system was one of them. A brief description of its various aspects is given below:

1. Meaning of Masand System: The word Masand has been derived from the Persian word ‘Masnad’. Masand means high place. As the representatives of Guru Sahib used to sit on a higher place than others they were called Masands.

2. Introduction: When did the Masand system start is a controversial question among historians were: Some historians are of the view that the Masand system started during the pontificate of Guru Ram Das Ji. Hence the Masands were called Ramdasiyas in the beginning. Some other historians are of the view that the Masand system was started by Guru Arjan Dev Ji. The majority of the historians are of the view that though the Masand system was started by Guru Ram Das Ji, its real development took place during the pontificate of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

3. Necessity of Masand System: The need for the Masand system arose because Guru Ram Das Ji needed money for the development of Ramdaspura or Amritsar and for the digging of the tanks of Amritsar and Santokhsar. Secondly, with the passage of time, the number of Sikhs had increased considerably. As a consequence, the Guru needed money for langar and other development programs. Thirdly, the Masand system was introduced for the propagation of Sikhism.

4. Development of Masand System: Though Guru Ram Das Ji started the Masand system yet its actual development took place during the pontificate of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. Guru Arjan Dev Ji reorganized the Masand system and gave it some new rules and regulations,

Guru Sahib enjoined upon the Sikhs to give away one-tenth (Daswandh) of their income in the name of Guru Sahib. It was not a compulsion but depended on their own will.
To collect the Daswandh, Guru Sahib appointed the Masands. They deposited this money every year on the occasion of Baisakhi and Diwali with the Guru Sahib at Amritsar.

5. Importance of Masand System: The Masand system initially made a commendable contribution towards the development of Sikhism. It was due to this that the Sikh religion spread far and wide. Many people embraced Sikhism. Secondly, it fixed the income of the Guru’s house. This income was used to establish new towns by Guru Sahib and other development works for Sikhism. It further increased the popularity of Guru Sahib and Sikhism. Thirdly, the institution of langar could run smoothly with this income.

Question 5.
Write a note on the compilation and importance of Adi Granth Sahib (Guru Granth Sahib).
Or
Discuss in brief the importance of Adi Granth Sahib.
Or
Write a note on Adi Granth Sahib.
Or
Give a brief description of Adi Granth Sahib and its historical importance.
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji used various sources for writing the Bani. The Bani of the first three Gurus—Guru Nanak Dev Ji, Guru Angad Dev Ji, and Guru Amar Das Ji were with the eldest son of Guru Amar Das Ji i.e. Baba Mohan Ji. To compile the Bani, Guru Arjan Dev Ji first sent Bhai Gurdas Ji and then Baba Buddha Ji to Baba Mohan Ji but they were not successful in their objective. After this, Guru Sahib himself went from Amritsar to Goindwal Sahib barefooted. Impressed by the humility of Guru Ji, ‘Baba Mohan Ji gave away the entire Bani to Guru Ji. Guru Arjan Dev Ji already had the Bani of Guru Ram Das Ji with him. Guru Sahib included his own Bani in it. After this Guru Sahib called upon the devotees of Hindu Bhagats and Suffi Saints and asked them to recite the hymns of their saints correctly.

The hymns of only those Bhagats and Suffi Saints were included in the Guru Granth Sahib which was similar to the Bani of the Gurus. The works of Kahna, Chhajju, Shah Hussain, and Pilu were rejected. The compilation of the Adi Granth Sahib Ji in 1604 A.D. is a great landmark in the history of the Sikhs. It provided the Sikh with a unique religious scripture. No doubt Guru Granth Sahib is a religious scripture, yet it furnishes valuable information regarding the social, religious, political, and economic life of the 16th and 17th centuries.

Question 6.
Write a note on Prithi Chand.
Or
Who was Prithi Chand? Why did he oppose Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Or
Who was Prithi Chand (Prithia)? How did he act against Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Answer:
Prithi Chand or Prithia was the eldest son of Guru Ram Das Ji and elder brother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. He was very selfish and cunning. That is why Guru Ram Das Ji gave the Gurgaddi to Guru Arjan Dev Ji instead of giving it to him. On hearing this decision, Prithi Chand got furious. He had been dreaming of getting the Gurgaddi for a long. As such, he started opposing Guru Arjan Dev Ji when the latter got Gurgaddi. He started grabbing the offerings meant for Langar. He hoped that his son Meharban would get Gurgaddi after Guru Arjan Dev Ji. But when Guru Arjan Dev Ji was blessed with a son, Hargobind, all his hopes seemed to dash to the ground. Therefore, he became a sworn enemy of Guru Ji. He connived with the Mughal officials and started hatching conspiracies against Guru Arjan Dev Ji. These conspiracies became a major cause of Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s martyrdom.

Question 7.
Who was Chandu Shah? Why did he oppose Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Or
Write a short note on Chandu Shah.
Answer:
Chandu Shah was the Diwan of Lahore. He was looking for a suitable match for his daughter. In connection with this, he sent his messengers in different parts. When they returned, they proposed the name of Hargobind, son of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, for his daughter. On hearing this Chandhu Shah was enraged and remarked some objectionable words in the honor of Guru Sahib. But after being persuaded by his wife he agreed to the proposal. Again he sent his messengers to Guru Arjan Dev Ji with the proposal of his daughter’s marriage with Hargobind. By this time the Sikhs had come to know about the remarks of Chandhu Shah against the Guru. So they asked Guru Arjan Dev to turn down this proposal. Consequently, Guru Ji did the same.

On hearing this Chandhu Shah got very angry and became Guru Ji’s sworn enemy. Then he planned a conspiracy against Guru Arjan Dev Ji. First, he incited Mughal Emperor Akbar and later on Jahangir. Jahangir decided to take stern action against Guru Ji.

Question 8.
Mention five main causes for the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Or
Examine five major causes of the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Answer:
1. Fanaticism of Jahangir: Jahangir’s fanaticism was the main reason for Guru Arjan Ji’s martyrdom. He could not bear to see any other religion more prosperous than Islam. He could not tolerate the growing popularity of Sikhs in Punjab. So, he was looking for a chance to hamper their development. He wanted to put a stop to all this. He has written about it in his autobiography Tuzak-i- Jahangiri.

2. Development of Sikh Panth: In Guru Arjan Ji’s time, Sikhism progressed considerably. It got a new impetus with the construction of Harmandir Sahib and establishment of the cities like Tarn Taran, Kartarpur and Hargobindpur. Masand system played a significant role in the development of Sikhism. The compilation of Guru Granth Sahib helped in propagating Sikh religion. This was something intolerable and unbearable for the Mughals. They, therefore, thought of crushing the growing power of the Sikhs.

3. Enmity of Prithi Chand: Prithi Chand alias Prithia was the eldest brother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. He was a very greedy and selfish person. For this reason, only Guru Ram Das Ji appointed Guru Arjan Sahib as his successor in 1581 A.D. Prithia could not tolerate that the Gurgaddi had passed on to somebody else. He then made a firm decision that he would not sit at ease until he had dethroned Guru Arjan Dev Ji and received Gurgaddi for himself. So, he started opposing GuruArjan Dev Ji openly.

4. Enmity of Chandu Shah: Chandu Shah was the Diwan of Lahore. He was looking for a suitable match for his daughter. Many advisors suggested he marry his daughter with Hargobind, the son of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. On hearing it Chandu Shah was enraged and he uttered some objectionable words in the honor of Guru Sahib. Afterward, when Chandu Shah’s wife convinced him, he was ready to accept this relation. Guru Arjan Dev Ji refused to accept this relation. When Chandu Shah came to know about this, he was determined to avenge the insult. He started poisoning Jahangir’s ears. Jahangir made up his mind to take strict action against Guru Arjan Sahib.

5. Help of Khusrau: Help of Khusrau by Guru Arjan Dev Ji became the immediate cause of Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s martyrdom. Prince Khusrau had come to Tarn Taran to seek Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s blessings. It is said that Guru Arjan Dev Ji put a tilak on his forehead. When Jahangir came to know about all this he got a golden opportunity to take stern action against Guru Arjan Dev Ji. He ordered Lahore Governor, Murtaza Khan to execute him by giving severe physical tortures and to confiscate the whole of his property.

Question 9.
Describe the role of Naqshbandis in the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Sahib.
Answer:
Naqshabandis played an important role in the martyrdom of Guru Sahib. Naqshbandi was an order started by fanatic Muslims. Its headquarters was at Sirhind. Naqshbandis were enraged to see the increasing influence and powers of the Sikhs in Punjab. The main reason was that the Muslims were intolerant to any other religion prospering and developing. Sheikh Ahmad Sirhindi, the leader of Naqshbandis had great influence in Mughal Darbar. So he also instigated Jahangir against Guru Sahib. Therefore, Jahangir decided to take action against Guru Sahib.

Question 10.
What was the immediate cause of the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Sahib?
Answer:
Help of Khusrau by Guru Arjan Sahib became the immediate cause of Guru Sahib’s martyrdom. Prince Khusrau was the eldest son of Jahangir. He revolted against his father some time after his enthronement. When the Mughal forces tried to arrest him he ran to Punjab. On reaching Punjab Khusrau came to Tarn Taran to seek Guru Sahib’s blessings. Being the grandson of Akbar with whom Guru Sahib had very good relations, it was but natural that he won Guru Sahib’s sympathy. Moreover anybody was free to come to the home of Guru and receive his blessings. It is said that Guru Sahib put a tilak on his forehead and gave him all sorts of help required by him to go to Kabul.

When Jahangir came to know about all this he got a golden opportunity to take stern action against Guru Arjan Sahib. He ordered Lahore Governor, Murtaza Khan to execute him by giving severe physical tortures, and to confiscate the whole of his property.

Question 11.
Write the importance of Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s martyrdom.
Or
Briefly describe the importance of martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Answer:
The martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji was an event of tremendous importance in the evolution of the Sikh movement and in the history of Punjab.
1. New Policy of Guru Hargobind Sahib: The martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji proved a turning point in the development of the Sikh community. Guru Hargobind Ji decided to adopt a New Policy in order to turn his followers into saint soldiers.

3. Change in relationship between Mughals and the Sikhs: Before the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, there were cordial relations between the Sikh Gurus and the Mughal emperors. But, now with the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, the position’had been completely reversed. The Sikhs became the sworn enemy of the Mughals. They were now looking for.an opportunity to avenge the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

4. Popularity of Sikhism: With the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, Sikhism became more popular. This incident infused a new vigour’, love and reverence for Sikhism, not only among the Hindus, but also among the Muslims. Consequently, they began to join Sikhism in larger numbers. Thus, the martyrdom of Guru .Arjan Dev Ji proved a milestone in the development of Sikhism.

Essay Type Questions:

Early Career And Difficulties Of Guru Arjan Dev Ji:

Question 1.
Describe briefly the early life of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. What difficulties he have to face at the time of his accession to Guruship?
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji was the fifth Guru of the Sikhs. His period of pontification was from 1581 to 1606 A.D. The pontification of Guru Arjan Dev Ji saw the unprecedented development on the one band and on the other hand his martyrdom started a new era in the Sikh history. A brief description of early career and difficulties faced by Guru Arjan Dev Ji is as under:

Early Career of Guru Arjan Dev Ji:

1. Birth and Parentage: Guru Arjan Dev Ji was born on April 15,1563 A.D. at Goindwal Sahib. He was the youngest son of Guru Ram Das Ji. He belonged to a Kashatriya family of Sodhi caste. His mother’s name was Bibi Bhani.

2. Childhood and Marriage: Right from his childhood, Guru Arjan Dev Ji was very dear to his parents. His maternal grandfather Guru Amar Das Ji had special attachment with this grandson. He made a forecast that the child would become a great man, “Ih Mera Dohta, Bani Ka Bohita Hovega”. (This grandson of mine will produce the boat of Bani to ferry others across). His prediction proved true. Right from the beginning Guru Arjan Dev Ji was very promising, a symbol of modesty and a very religious-minded person. He learnt Hindi and Persian languages. He received knowledge about Gurbani from his parents and grandfather. He was married to Ganga Devi, daughter of Krishan Chand of village Mou of Phillaur. In 1595 A.D. he was blessed with a son named Hargobind.

3. Assumption of Guruship: Guru Ram Das Ji had three sons. Prithi Chand the eldest son was utterly selfish and subtle. His second son Mahadev was an ascetic, who showed no interest in the worldly affairs. Arjan Dev Ji was his third and the youngest son. Devotion to God, modesty and selfless service were his three main characteristics. So Guru Ram Das Ji appointed Guru Arjan Dev Ji as his successor in 1581 A.D. Thus Guru Arjan Dev Ji became the fifth Guru of the Sikhs.

Difficulties of Guru Arjan Dev Ji:

After ascending Gurgaddi, Guru Arjan Dev Ji had to face a number of difficulties. A brief description of these is given as under:

1. Opposition of Prithi Chand: Prithi Chand was the elder brother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. Therefore, he presumed himself as the true successor of Gurgaddi. But, when Guru Arjan Dev Ji was nominated as the successor by Guru Ram Das Ji he refused to submit and adopted an attitude of open defiance. He spoke bad words to his father. When Guru Rain Das Ji immersed with Immortal, Prithia spread the rumour that Arjan Dev Ji poisoned Guru Ram Das Ji so that, he might succeed to Gurgaddi. He asked Guru Arjan Dev Ji for his share in the property. Guru Arjan Dev Ji gave him all his property, but still he was not appeased. Now, he forcibly started collecting funds brought for Langar by the Sikh Sangat and used them for his personal affairs.

When in 1595 A.D. Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s wife was blessed with a son, named Hargobind, he hatched a number of conspiracies to put an end to the life of infant Hargobind. Prithi Chand planned a conspiracy against Guru Arjan Dev Ji and complained to Akbar through a Mughal employee Sulahi Khan. But Akbar paid no heed to his complaints. Thus, till his death, Prithia remained an arch enemy of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

2. Opposition of Orthodox Muslims: Guru Arjan Dev Ji had to face stiff opposition from orthodox Muslims. Muslims could never tolerate the increasing influence of Sikhs. Orthodox Muslims in order to save their religion established Naqshbandi order at Sirhind. Shaikh Ahmad Sibhindi was the leader of this organisation. In 1605 A.D., when Jahangir became the new Mughal ruler, these Naqshbandis poisoned his ears against the Sikhs. As Jahangir was an orthodox emperor, so it had the desired impact on him.

3. Opposition of Brahmans: The Brahmans of Punjab w;ere also against Guru Arjan Dev Ji. The main reason behind this was that the propagation of Sikh religion resulted in the decreasing influence of BrahmAnswer: Sikhs had started performing their customs and traditions even without BrahmAnswer: When Guru Arjan Dev Ji edited Adi Granth Sahib Ji, Brahmans could not tolerate it. They complained to Akbar against Guru Granth Sahib but Akbar observed that it was a scripture worthy of reverence.

4. Opposition of Chandu Shah: Chandu Shah was the Diwan of Lahore. He was looking for a suitable match for his daughter. In connection with this he sent his messengers in different parts. When they returned they proposed the name of Hargobind,;son of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, for his daughter. On hearing this Chandu Shah was enraged and remarked some objectionable words in the honour of Guru Ji. But, after being persuaded by his wife he agreed to the proposal. By this time the Sikhs had come to know about the remarks given by Chandu Shah against the Guru Ji. So, they asked Guru Arjan Dev Ji to turn down this proposal. Consequently, Guru Arjan Dev Ji did the same.

Now Chandu Shah personally came to Guru Arjan Dev Ji and offered Rs. 1 lakh and promised to give more dowry. But Guru Arjan Dev Ji refused saying, “My words are engraved on stone, and cannot be effaced. If you give me the whole world as a dowry with your daughter, my son will not marry her.” On hearing this Chandu Shah got very angry and became Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s sworn enemy.

Development Of Sikhism Under Guru Arjan Dev Ji:

Question 2.
What was Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s contribution in the evolution of Sikhism?
Or
Describe the various organizational works done by Guru Arjan Dev Ji for the development of Sikhism.
Or
Give an account of the various achievements of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Or
Describe Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s contribution to the organization and development of Sikhism.
Or
Discuss the contribution of Guru Arjan Dev Ji for the development of Sikhism.
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji remained on Gurgaddi from 1581 to 1606 A.D/ With his accession to Guruship, Sikhism entered into a new phase. Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s contribution to the development of Sikhism is multifaceted. His important achievements are as follows:

1. Construction of Harmandir Sahib: The foremost achievement of Guru Arjan Dev Ji for the consolidation of Sikhism was the construction of Harmandir Sahib. Guru Ram Das Ji had started the digging of Amrit Sarovar and it was completed by Guru Arjan Dev Ji. After this, he started the construction work of Harmandir Sahib (Temple of God) in Amrit Sarovar. Its foundation was laid in 1588 AD. by a very famous Sufi Saint, named Mian Mir Ji. The Sikhs suggested to Guru Arjan Dev Ji that the temple should be higher than the surrounding buildings. But Guru Arjan Sahib said, “He who is humble shall be exalted.” That is why the building of the temple was kept lower as compared to the other buildings.

Another distinguishing feature of Harmandir Sahib was that it has four doorways, one on each side. It symbolises that the people from all the four directions of the world may come to this temple of God without any discrimination on the basis of caste, colour or creed. On completion of this temple in 1601 A.D. Guru Sahib announced that the pilgrimage to this place would have the value of all the 68

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 6 Guru Arjan Dev Ji and His Martyrdom Img 1

Hindu places of pilgrimage and if any pilgrim takes bath here with full devotion shall attain salvation. It impressed a large number of people. They started coming here in large numbers and it helped in the propagation of Sikhism. In a very short period, Harmandir Sahib became the most important pilgrimage of the Sikhs. According to G.S. Talib,

“This temple and the pool became to Sikhism what Mecca is to Islam, Jerusalem to Judaism and Christianity and Bodh Gaya to Buddhism.”

2. Foundation of Tarn Taran: Guru Arjan Dev Ji, in order to propagate Sikhism in Majha tract of the Punjab founded the city of Tarn Taran in 1590 A.D. This city is 24 kms to the South of Amritsar. Here a tank named as Tarn Taran was also dug. Tarn Taran means that any pilgrim who takes bath in this tank shall get salvation from transmigration. Tarn Taran also became a famous holy place of the Sikhs. As a result, thousands of Jats of the Majha became the followers of Guru Arjan Dev Ji and embraced Sikhism. The services of these Jats towards Sikhism was of great value.

3. Foundation of Kartarpur and Hargobindpur: In 1593-94 A.D., Guru Arjan Dev Ji laid the foundation of another town called Kartarpur in Jalandhar Doab. Kartarpur means, ‘The City of God’. It is situated between the Beas and the Sutlej rivers. Here Guru Sahib built a tank named ‘Gangsar’. Thus, Kartarpur also became the centre of propagation of Sikhism. On the occasion of the birth of his son in 1595 A.D. Hargobind, Guru Arjan Dev Sahib founded another town on the bank of the river Beas and this town was named as Hargobindpur after the name of his son.

4. Construction of a Baoli at Lahore: Once on the request of Sikh Sangat, Guru Sahib went to Lahore. There he got constructed a Baoli in Dabbi Bazaar. This Baoli became a holy place for the Sikhs of that area.

5. Development of Masand System: Development of Masand system was one of the greatest achievements of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. The word Masand has been derived from the word ‘Masnad’ which means high place. As the representatives of Guru Sahib used to sit on a higher place than others, so they were called as Masands. With the passage of time, the number of Sikhs had increased considerably. As a consequence, the Guru needed money for Langar and other development programmes. It was enjoined upon every Sikh to give Daswandh (l/10th) of his total income to Guru Sahib. For collecting this money from Sikhs, he appointed very responsible persons called Masands.

These Masands not only collected money, but also propagated Sikhism with a vigorous zeal. The money collected by Masands was deposited in the Guru’s treasury at Amritsar on the occasions of Diwali and Baisakhi. The Masand system played a vital role in spreading the message of Sikhism to far-off places. Secondly, it gave a definite income to Guru Arjan Sahib.

This work was completed in 1604 A.D. In Adi Granth Sahib Ji, Guru Arjan Dev Ji included the hymns of Guru Nanak Dev Ji, Guru Angad Dev Ji, Guru Amar Das Ji, Guru Ram Das Ji and his own hymns, which were maximum (2216) in number. Besides this, he had added the hymns of many Bhagats, Sufi Saints and Bhats. Later on, the hymns of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji were also included in it.

The compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji is a great landmark in the history of Sikh religion. It gave the Sikhs a holy book of their own. It is called the Bible of the Sikhs. By including the hymns of the people belonging to different religions and castes in it, Guru Arjan Dev Ji has set up an example. Adi Granth Sahib Ji throws ample light on the political, religious, social and economic life of 15th to 17th centuries. Before Guru Gobind Singh Ji immersed in Eternal Light he gave Adi Granth Sahib Ji the status of Guru Granth Sahib Ji. According to Dr. Hari Ram Gupta, “The compilation of the Granth formed an important landmark in the history of the Sikhs.”

7. Trade of Horses. In order to make the Sikhs rich and prosperous, Guru Arjan Sahib encouraged,the Sikhs to take the trade of horses beyond the Indus with Arab countries. This step of Guru Arjan Sahib not only increased the income of the Sikhs but they became good horse riders also. Moreover, it dealt an effective blow at the stringency of caste and Hindu superstitions. It went a long way in breaking down the barrier that prevented the Hindus from crossing the Indus.

8. Friendly Relations with Akbar: Mughal emperor Akbar had set up friendly relations with Guru Arjan Sahib. During the pontificate of Guru Arjan Dev Ji his opponents Prithia, Ghandhu Shah, Brahmans and orthodox Muslims all tried their best to instigate the emperor against the Guru in’every possible way, but Akbar paid no heed to their false complaints. Some Muslims tried to instigate Akbar by complaining that the Adi Granth Sahib’ written by Guru Sahib contained many sayings against Islam. When Akbar looked into the matter, he said that the Granth was worthy of reverence, On the request made by Guru Arjan Sahib, Akbar reduced the land revenue by 10%. Due to it Guru Arjan Sahib earned a good name and fame and it helped in the development of Sikhism also.

9. Nomination of the Successor: In 1606 A.D., before his martyrdom, Guru Arjan Dev Ji nominated his son Hargobind as his successor. Guru Sahib instructed him to sit fully armed on his throne and maintain an army to the best of his ability. Thus, Guru Arjan not only maintained the tradition of Gurgaddi, but also changed its peaceful course.

10. Estimate of Guru Arjan Sahib’s Achievements: Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s contribution in the development of Sikhism is remarkable. By constructing Harmandir Sahib, he has presented to the Sikhs their most sacred religious place. In the coming times, the Sikhs always got inspiration from it. Establishment of Tarn Taran, Hargobindpur and Kartarpur proved to be very helpful in the propagation of Sikh religion. Masand system made Sikh religion more powerful.

The compilation of the Adi Granth Sahib Ji was Guru Arjan Sahib’s greatest achievement. We agree with the remarks of Prof. Harbans Singh, “Under Guru Arjan, the Fifth Guru, Sikhism became more firmly established.” According to another famous historian Dr. G.S. Mansukhani, “During the period of Guru Arjan, Sikhism took a significant stride.”

Question 3.
Give an account of the early career of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. What was his contribution to Sikhism?
Answer:

Guru Arjan Dev Ji was the fifth Guru of the Sikhs. His period of pontification was from 1581 to 1606 A.D. The pontification of Guru Arjan Dev Ji saw the unprecedented development on the one band and on the other hand his martyrdom started a new era in the Sikh history. A brief description of early career and difficulties faced by Guru Arjan Dev Ji is as under:

Early Career of Guru Arjan Dev Ji:

Difficulties of Guru Arjan Dev Ji:

After ascending Gurgaddi, Guru Arjan Dev Ji had to face a number of difficulties. A brief description of these is given as under:

1. Opposition of Prithi Chand: Prithi Chand was the elder brother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. Therefore, he presumed himself as the true successor of Gurgaddi. But, when Guru Arjan Dev Ji was nominated as the successor by Guru Ram Das Ji he refused to submit and adopted an attitude of open defiance. He spoke bad words to his father. When Guru Rain Das Ji immersed with Immortal, Prithia spread the rumour that Arjan Dev Ji poisoned Guru Ram Das Ji so that, he might succeed to Gurgaddi. He asked Guru Arjan Dev Ji for his share in the property. Guru Arjan Dev Ji gave him all his property, but still he was not appeased.

Now, he forcibly started collecting funds brought for Langar by the Sikh Sangat and used them for his personal affairs. When in 1595 A.D. Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s wife was blessed with a son, named Hargobind, he hatched a number of conspiracies to put an end to the life of infant Hargobind. Prithi Chand planned a conspiracy against Guru Arjan Dev Ji and complained to Akbar through a Mughal employee Sulahi Khan. But Akbar paid no heed to his complaints. Thus, till his death, Prithia remained an arch enemy of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

2. Opposition of Orthodox Muslims: Guru Arjan Dev Ji had to face stiff opposition from orthodox Muslims. Muslims could never tolerate the increasing influence of Sikhs. Orthodox Muslims in order to save their religion established Naqshbandi order at Sirhind. Shaikh Ahmad Sibhindi was the leader of this organisation. In 1605 A.D., when Jahangir became the new Mughal ruler, these Naqshbandis poisoned his ears against the Sikhs. As Jahangir was an orthodox emperor, so it had the desired impact on him.

So, they asked Guru Arjan Dev Ji to turn down this proposal. Consequently, Guru Arjan Dev Ji did the same. Now Chandu Shah personally came to Guru Arjan Dev Ji and offered Rs. 1 lakh and promised to give more dowry. But Guru Arjan Dev Ji refused saying, “My words are engraved on stone, and cannot be effaced. If you give me the whole world as a dowry with your daughter, my son will not marry her.” On hearing this Chandu Shah got very angry and became Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s sworn enemy.

Guru Arjan Dev Ji remained on Gurgaddi from 1581 to 1606 A.D/ With his accession to Guruship, Sikhism entered into a new phase. Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s contribution to the development of Sikhism is multifaceted. His important achievements are as follows:

It symbolises that the people from all the four directions of the world may come to this temple of God without any discrimination on the basis of caste, colour or creed. On completion of this temple in 1601 A.D. Guru Sahib announced that the pilgrimage to this place would have the value of all the 68 Hindu places of pilgrimage and if any pilgrim takes bath here with full devotion shall attain salvation. It impressed a large number of people. They started coming here in large numbers and it helped in the propagation of Sikhism. In a very short period, Harmandir Sahib became the most important pilgrimage of the Sikhs. According to G.S. Talib,

“This temple and the pool became to Sikhism what Mecca is to Islam, Jerusalem to Judaism and Christianity and Bodh Gaya to Buddhism.”

6. Compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji: The crowning achievement of Guru Arjan Dev Ji for the development of Sikhism is the compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji. The main objective of its compilation was to keep the Gurbani of the former Sikh Gurus intact and .to provide the Sikhs a separate religious scripture of their own. The compilation work was started by the Guru at Ramsar sarovar near Amritsar. He dictated the hymns to Bhai Gurdas Ji. This work was completed in 1604 A.D. In Adi Granth Sahib Ji, Guru Arjan Dev Ji included the hymns of Guru Nanak Dev Ji, Guru Angad Dev Ji, Guru Amar Das Ji, Guru Ram Das Ji and his own hymns, which were maximum (2216) in number. Besides this, he had added the hymns of many Bhagats, Sufi Saints and Bhats. Later on, the hymns of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji were also included in it.

Adi Granth Sahib Ji:

Question 4.
Write a detailed note on the compilation and historical importance of Adi Granth Sahib Ji.
Or
Write a critical note on compilation, language, contents and significance of Adi Granth Sahib Ji.
Answer:
Undoubtedly the compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji or Guru Granth Sahib Ji is Guru Arjan Sahib’s greatest achievement. In Sikhism, this sacred Granth is as revered as the Bible by the Christians, the Quran by the Mohammedans and the Vedas and Gita by the Hindus. In fact, Adi Granth Sahib is not only a holy book of the Sikhs but also a priceless treasure for the whole humanity.

1. Need for its Compilation: Many factors impressed upon the Guru the necessity for the compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji. In the times of Guru Arjan Sahib, Sikh religion was getting momentum. So, Guru Arjan Dev Ji felt the necessity of laying down rules for the guidance of his followers in the performance of their daily religious duties. Secondly, Prithia, the elder brother of Guru Arjan had also started composing religious hymns of his own which he described as the compositions of Guru Nanak Dev Ji and his successors. Under these circumstances, if the compositions of the Sikh Gurus were to be saved from spurious writings, an authentic text had to be written.

Thirdly, if the independence of the Sikh race was to be established, it was essential that they should have an independent religious book. Fourthly, Guru Arjan Dev Ji felt the need to replace the Hindu Granths, written in the Sanskrit language with a Granth of their own written in the simple language of the people of Punjab. The twenty-third and twenty-fourth pauris of the Anand Sahib state that real hymns of the Gurus should alone be repeated and revered by the Sikhs. Guru Amar Das Ji writes,

“Come, ye disciples, beloved of the true Guru, sing a true song. Sing the song of the Guru, the song of songs, Saith Nanak, ever sing this true song.” Hence it was obligatory for Guru Arjan Dev Ji to take precautions, lest the Sikhs should recite writings other than those of the Sikh Gurus.

2. Collection of Hymns: For editing Adi Granth Sahib Ji, Guru Arjan Sahib collected hymns from different sources. Hymns of Guru Nanak Dev Ji, Guru Angad Dev Ji and Guru Amar Das Ji were lying with Baba Mohan Ji, the eldest son of Guru Amar Das Ji. Guru Arjan Sahib himself went from Amritsar to Goindwal Sahib bare-footed. Impressed by the modesty of Guru Arjan Sahib, Baba Mohan handed over the whole material to the Guru. Hymns of Guru Ram Das Ji were already with Guru Arjan Dev Ji. Guru Arjan Sahib then added his own hymns. Then, Guru Arjan Dev Ji invited many disciples of Hindu and Muslim Saints to give him the best hymns of their Gurus and Saints. Thus, the Bani was collected from different sources.

3. Compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji: For the compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji, Guru Arjan Sahib selected a beautiful and solitary place situated to the south of Amritsar. Here Guru Arjan Dev Ji built a tank named as Ramsar Sarovar. On the bank of this sarovar tents were fixed under a peepal tree. Here Guru Arjan Sahib started the compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji. Guru Arjan Sahib dictated and Bhai Gurdas Ji went on writing. This great work was completed in 1604 A.D. This Granth Sahib Ji was kept in Sri Harmandir Sahib and Baba Buddha Ji was appointed as the .first Head Granthi (priest).

4. Contributions in Adi Granth Sahib: Adi Granth Sahib Ji is a very vast Granth. It contains a total of 5,894 Shabads (Hymns). The contributors in Adi Granth Sahib are divided into four classes:

Sikh Gurus: Guru Granth Sahib Ji contains 976 hymns of Guru Nanak Dev Ji, 62 of Guru Angad Dev Ji, 907 of Guru Amar Das Ji, 679 of Guru Ram Das Ji and 2216 hymns of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. Later on, in Guru Gobind Singh Ji’s time 116 hymns of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji were also included.
Bhagats and Saints: Adi Granth Sahib Ji includes the hymns of 15 Hindu Bhagats and Sufi Saints, whose teachings were similar to the teachings of the Sikh Gurus. These Saints and Bhagats are Bhagat Kabir Ji, Sheikh Farid Ji, Bhagat Namdev Ji, Bhagat Ravidas Ji, Bhagat Dhanna Ji, Bhagat Ramanand Ji and Bhagat Jaidev Ji. Out of them the maximum hymns numbering 541 belonged to Bhagat Kabir Ji.
Bhats: Adi Granth Sahib Ji also includes the sawayyas of 11 famous Bhats (Bards). These sawayyas are 123 in total. The famous Bhats are Nal Ji, Bal Ji, Jalap Ji, Bhikha Ji and Harbans Ji.
Others: The hymns of Satta, Balwand, Sunder and Mardana are also included in the Adi Granth Sahib Ji.

5. Arrangement of the Matter: Adi Granth Sahib Ji has a total of 1430 pages. The hymns of Adi Granth Sahib Ji have been divided into three parts. The first part consists of 13 pages contains the daily prayers like Japji Sahib, Rehras Sahib and Sohla. Second part is the main part of Granth Sahib. The hymns in this part have been divided into 31 parts based on 31 Ragas. As all the hymns contain the name of ‘Nanak’ therefore, the word ‘Mahala’ has been used to indicate which Guru’s composition it is. The third part contains the swayyas of Bhats, and those salokas of Sikh Gurus and Bhagats which could not be described in Ragas. Adi Granth Sahib Ji ends with an epilogue called ‘Mundavani’ which has two salokas.

6. Subject: In Adi Granth Sahib Ji, there are hymns in praise of God. It throws light on the importance of the remembrance of the Holy Nam, which is a kind of meditation, attainment of Sach Khand and importance of Guru. It gives us the message of welfare for all human beings, oneness of God and brotherhood of mankind.

7. Language: Adi Granth Sahib Ji is written in Gurmukhi script. In it, the words from Punjabi, Hindi, Marathi, Gujarati, Sanskrit and Persian languages spoken in 15th, 16th and 17th centuries were used.

Significance of Adi Granth Sahib:

Adi Granth Sahib Ji is a matchless religious book not only of the Sikhs, but of the whole mankind. The hymns of Adi Granth Sahib Ji give the universal message of the oneness of God and brotherhood of mankind.

1. Importance for the Sikhs: The compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji is a landmark in the history of the Sikhs. Today in every Sikh Gurudwara of the world, this sacred Granth is installed at a higher platform wrapped in silk cloth under a canopy. Sikhs revere it and bow before it with great respect. All Sikh ceremonies right from the birth till death are done in the presence of Guru Granth Sahib Ji. For the Sikhs, Guru Granth Sahib is the main source of inspiration for them. According to Dr. Wazir Singh,
“The Adi Granth‘was indeed his most precious gift to the Sikh world.”

2. Message of Brotherhood: Adi Granth Sahib Ji is the only sacred book of the world, which contains the hymns without any distinction on the basis of caste, colour and creed. By doing so Guru Arjan Sahib has given the message of brotherhood to all human beings.

3. Literary Importance: From the literary point of view Adi Granth Sahib is a unique work. It contains beautiful similies and embellishments. It has a, form and finish not equalled by subsequent writers. Therefore, from the literary point of view Guru Granth Sahib carries immense importance.

4. Historical Importance: No doubt Adi Granth Sahib Ji is a religious scripture, yet it furnishes valuable information regarding the social, religious political and economic life of 15th to 17th centuries. Guru Nanak Sahib gave a vivid account of the political condition of that time in Babar Vani. In social field women’s position was miserable. They occupied a very low place in the society. A widow was cursed by one and all. Hindu society was divided into a number of castes and sub-castes. Guru Granth Sahib Ji also throws a good deal of light on the agriculture and trade and commerce of that period. According to Dr. D.S. Dhillon,
“Its compilation was undoubtedly an important landmark in the history of the Sikhs.”

Martyrdom Of Guru Arjan Dev Ji:

Question 5.
What were the causes of the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji? What was the significance of this martyrdom?
Or
Explain the circumstances responsible for the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji,
Or
Write in detail about the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji and its effects,
Or
What were the causes of the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji? What was its importance?
Or
Explain the causes which led to the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. What was the real cause of the martyrdom?
Or
Examine the circumstances leading to the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. What was the significance of his martyrdom?
Or
Describe the circumstances that led to the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. What is the significance of his martyrdom?
Or
Discuss the causes and importance of the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Or
Describe the causes and significance of the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Or
What were the causes of the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Answer:
In 1606 A.D., Guru Arjan Dev Ji sacrificed his life for the sake of religion and truth. His martyrdom started a new era in Sikh history. Now Sikhs began to arm themselves to face the Mughals with bravery and courage. Many factors were responsible for the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, which are discussed as below:

1. Fanaticism of Jahangir: Jahangir’s fanaticism was the main reason for Guru Arjan Ji’s martyrdom. He could not bear to see any other religion more prosperous than Islam. He could not tolerate the growing popularity of Sikhs in Punjab. So, he was looking for a chance to hamper their development. He wanted to put a stop to all this. He has written about it in his autobiography Tuzak-i- Jahangiri, “In Goindwal on the banks of the river Beas lived a Hindu named Arjan in the garb of ‘Pir’ or ‘Shaikh’. By his ways and manners he captured the fancy of many of the simple hearted Hindus and even many ignorant Muslims. He had loudly sounded the drum of his being Pir and a holy person.

They called him Guru and from all sides innocent and foolish people crowded to manifest their complete faith in him. For three or four generations they had kept their shop warm. Many times I thought of putting a stop to this vain affair onto bring him to Islam.” These words of Jahangir clearly show that his religious fanaticism was the main reason behind the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji

3. Enmity of Prithi Chand: Prithi Chand alias Prithia was the eldest brother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. He was a very greedy and selfish person. For this reason only Guru Ram Das Ji appointed Guru Arjan Sahib as his successor in 1581 A.D. Prithia could not tolerate that the Gurgaddi had passed on to somebody else. He then made a firm decision that he would not sit at ease until he had dethroned Guru Arjan Dev Ji and received Gurgaddi for himself. So, he started opposing Guru Arjan Dev Ji openly. He collected money from Masands meant for Langar and used it for his own personal use.

He tried to popularise his own compositions naming them as those of Guru Arjan Sahib’s. He started planning a conspiracy against Guru Arjan Dev Ji with the help of some Mughal officials. It further strained the relationship between the Mughals and Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

4. Enmity of Chandu Shah: Chandu Shah was the Diwan cJ Lahore. He was looking for a suitable match for his daughter. Many advisors suggested him to marry his daughter with Hargobind, the son of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. He on hearing it Chander Shah was emerged and he uttered some objectionable words in the house of Guru Sahib. Afterwards, when Chandu Shah’s wife convinced him, he was ready to accept this relation. By this time, Guru Arjan Dev Ji came to know about all those abusive words Chandu Shah had uttered for him. So, he refused to accept shagun sent by Chandu Shah. When Chandu Shah came to know about this, he was determined to avenge the insult. He started poisoning Jahangir’s ears and he succeeded in getting what he wanted. Jahangir made up his mind to take a strict action against Guru Arjan Sahib.

5. Opposition of Naqshbandis: Naqshbandis played an important role in the martyrdom of Guru Sahib. Naqshbandi was an order started by fanatic Muslims. Muslims could never see any other religion prospering and developing. Sheikh Ahmad Sirhindi, the leader of Naqshbandis, had great influence in Mughal Darbar. So, he also instigated Jahangir against Guru Sahib. Therefore, Jahangir decided to take action against Guru Sahib.

6. Compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji: The compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji was another important reason of Guru Arjan Sahib’s martyrdom. Opponents of Guru Arjan Dev Ji complained against him to Jahangir saying that he had written many things against Islam. Jahangir instructed Guru Arjan Dev Ji to remove all anti-Islamic points from the Granth Sahib Ji. But Guru Arjan Dev Ji said that Guru Granth Sahib Ji contained nothing against Islam. Then Jahangir asked him to write something about Hazrat Mohammad in this scripture. But Guru Arjan Dev Ji said that he could not do any such thing without Almighty’s permission. This enraged Jahangir all the more.

7. Help of Khusrau: Help of Khusrau by Guru Arjan Dev Ji became the immediate cause of Guru Arjan Dev Ji martyrdom. Prince Khusrau had revolted against his father some time after his enthronement. On reaching Punjab Khusrau came to Tarn Taran to seek Guru Arjan Dev Ji blessings. It is said that Guru Arjan Dev Ji put a tilak on his forehead and gave him all sorts of help required to go to Kabul. When Jahangir came to know about all this he got a golden opportunity to take stern action against Guru Arjan Dev Ji. He ordered Lahore Governor, Murtaza Khan to execute him by giving severe physical tortures, and to confiscate the whole of his property.

How was Guru Arjan Dev Ji Martyred?

On Jahangir’s order Guru Arjan Dev Ji was arrested on 24th May, 1606 A.D. and brought to Lahore. Here Muslim Sufi Saint Mian Mir requested Jahangir to spare his life. Jahangir asked Guru Arjan Dev Ji to pay a fine of Rs. 2 lakh for sparing his life. But Guru Arjan Dev Ji refused to pay this fine. As a result, the Mughals made Guru Arjan Dev Ji to sit in a vessel of boiling water. Then Guru Arjan Dev Ji was made to sit on hot iron bars and hot sand was thrown on his naked body. The Guru Arjan Dev Ji bore all the tortures cheerfully by uttering the following verse: –

“Whatever you ordain appears sweet. I supplicate for the gift of Nam.”
Thus, Guru Arjan Dev Ji was immersed in Eternal Light on 30th May, 1606 A.D. at Lahore.

Significance of the Martyrdom:

The martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji was an event of tremendous importance in the evolution of the Sikh movement and in the history of Punjab.

1. New Policy of Guru Hargobind Sahib: The martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji proved a turning point in the development of the Sikh community. Guru Hargobind Ji decided to adopt a New Policy in order to turn his followers into saint soldiers. He constructed Akal Takht Sahib with a view to impart military training to the Sikhs. He asked his followers to bring him horses and arms and join his army. It changed the entire character of the reformatory religious movement. According to famous historian K.S. Duggal, “Guru Arjan’s martyrdom precipitated the issues. It gave a new complexion to the shape of things in the Punjab and the Sikh Polity.”

2. Unity among the Sikhs: The martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji infused a new spirit among the Sikhs. Now, they felt the need of joining their hands in order to put an end to the tyrannical rule of the Mughals. The Sikhs, henceforth, began to assemble under one banner. It created a glorious tradition in the Sikh history. Undoubtedly its credit goes to the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

3. Change in relationship between Mughals and the Sikhs: Before the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, there were cordial relations between the Sikh Gurus and the Mughal emperors. But, now with the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, the position had been completely reversed. The Sikhs became the sworn enemy of the Mughals. They were now looking for an opportunity to avenge the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. On the other hand, the Mughal emperors also did not like that the Sikhs should take to arms. Thus, it strained the relationship between the Sikhs and the Mughals.

4. Persecution of the Sikhs: After the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, the Mughals started a reign of terror against the Sikhs. Jahangir had put Guru Hargobind Ji in prison in the-fort of Gwalior. During the reign of Shah Jahan, Guru Hargobind Ji was forced to fight four battles with the Mughals. In 1675 A.D., Aurangzeb got Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji martyred in Delhi. During his rule, he left no stone unturned to convert the whole of India into Islam. A large number of people were put to sword for refusing to embrace Islam. To face boldly the tyrannies of the Mughals, Guru Gobind Singh Ji, Banda Singh Bahadur and thousands of other Sikhs laid down their lives. In fact, the Sikhs got this inspiration of self¬sacrifice from the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.-

5. Popularity of Sikhism: With the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, Sikhism became more popular. This incident infused a new vigour, love and reverence for Sikhism, not only among the Hindus, but also among the Muslims. Consequently, they began to join Sikhism in larger numbers. Thus, the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji proved a milestone in the development of Sikhism. According to famours historian Dr. G.S. Mansukhani, “The martyrdom of Guru Arjan Sahib marks a .turning point in the development of Sikh religion.”

Short Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
Write a brief note on the difficulties faced by Guru Arjan Dev Ji immediately after his accession to Gurgaddi.
Or
What were the difficulties faced by Guru Arjan Dev Ji, when he became the Guru?
Answer:
At the time of accession to Gurgaddi, Guru Arjan Dev Ji had to face the opposition firstly of his elder brother Prithi Chand. He vehemently protested against his supersession. The fanatic Muslims of Punjab could not bear the growing influence of the Sikhs in Punjab. They incited Jahangir against Guru Ji. Chandu Shah was the Diwan of Lahore. He had sent a proposal to Guru Arjan Dev Ji for the marriage of his daughter to his son Hargobind Ji. But Guru Arjan Dev ji declined the proposal. As a result, Chandu Shah turned a sworn enemy of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 2. What was Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s contribution to the development of Sikhism?
Or
Describe briefly the contributions of Guru Arjan Dev Ji in the development of Sikhism.
Or
Give a brief account of the organizational works of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Answer:

By making Sri Harmandir Sahib at Amritsar, Guru Arjan Dev Ji gave the Sikhs their most sacred place of pilgrimage,
He built a Baoli at Lahore.
The development of the Masand system was one of his greatest achievements.
The compilation of Guru Granth Sahib in 1604 A.D. by Guru Arjan Dev Ji is considered his crowning achievement.

Question 3.
Write a brief note on Harmandir Sahib.
Or
Describe briefly the importance of the foundation of Sri Harmandir Sahib by Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Or
Give a brief account of the foundation and importance of Sri Harmandir Sahib.
Or
Briefly describe the importance of the foundation of Sri Harmandir Sahib.
Answer:
The building of Sri Harmandir Sahib is one of the greatest achievements of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. It was constructed in the midst of Amrit Sarovar. Guru Arjan Dev Ji got its foundation laid by a famous Sufi saint, Mian Mir in 1588 A.D. Harmandir means “Temple of God.’ Guru Arjan Dev Ji kept the height of the building of Sri Harmandir Sahib lower than those of the surrounding buildings and said, “What is humble, shall be exalted.” Soon, Sri Harmandir Sahib became the leading pilgrimage centre of the Sikhs.

Question 4.
What do you know about the Masand system? Explain.
Or
Examine the organization and development of the Masand system.
Or
What do you mean by the Masand system?
Answer:
“Masand’ is derived from the Persian word Masand which means ‘a high place’. This system was set up by Guru Ram Das Ji, but its real development took place during Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s time. Guru Arjan Dev Ji announced that each Sikh should offer Daswandh (one-tenth of income) to him. He appointed Masands to collect Daswandh from the Sikh Sangat. The Masands not only collected Daswandh but also preached Sikhism. Masand system played a significant role in the evolution of the Sikh movement.

Question 5.
What were the functions of the Masands?
Answer:

Masand’s used to preach Sikhism in the area under him.
He used to collect Daswandh from the Sikh Sangat.
Masand’s used to deposit the collected Daswandh to the Guru Sahib on the occasions of Baisakhi and Diwali.

Question 6.
Write a short note on Tarn Taran and Its importance.
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji, founded the city of Tarn Taran in 1590 A.D. Here a Sarovar named Tarn Taran was also dug. Tarn Taran means that any pilgrim, who takes bath in this Sarovar shall get salvation from transmigration. Tarn Taran also became a famous holy place of the Sikhs. As a result, thousands of Jats of the Majha became the followers of Guru Arjan Dev Ji and embraced Sikhism. The services of these Jats towards Sikhism were of great value.

Question 7.
Write a note on the importance of Adi Granth Sahib Ji (Guru
Or
Briefly explain the significance of Adi Granth Sahib Ji.
Or
Write a short note on Adi Granth Sahib Ji.
Or
Give a brief description of Adi Granth Sahib Ji and its historical
Answer:
The most important work during Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s pontificate was the compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji. The objective was to compile the Bani of Gurus in one place. Guru Arjan Dev Ji initiated this great work at Ramsar. The Bani of the first five Guru Sahibs, Saints, and Bhagats was included in it. The job of writing Guru Granth Sahib was done by Bhai Gurdas Ji. This great work was completed in 1604 A.D. Later on, the Bani of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji was also included in it. Adi Granth Sahib occupies a special place in the history of Sikhism.

Question 8.
Briefly explain the importance of Adi Granth Sahib Ji.
Or
What is the importance of Adi Granth Sahib Ji?
Answer:
No doubt Guru Granth Sahib Ji is a religious scripture, yet it furnishes valuable information regarding the social, religious, political, and economic life of the 16th and 17th centuries. Guru Nanak Sahib gave a vivid account of the political condition of that time in Babar Vani. In the social field, women’s position was miserable. The compilation of Adi Granth Sahib is a landmark in the history of the Sikhs. It gave the message of the universal brotherhood of mankind to the world.

Question 9.
Write a note on Prithi Chand.
Or
Who was Prithi Chand? Why did he oppose Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Or
Who was Prithi Chand (Prithia)? How did he act against Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Answer:
Prithi Chand or Prithia was the elder brother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. He was. the founder of the Mina Sect. He was very selfish and cunning. That is why Guru Ram Das Ji gave the Gurgaddi to Guru Arjan Dev Ji instead of giving it to him. On hearing this decision, Prithi Chand got furious. He hoped that his son Meharban would get Gurgaddi after Guru Arjan Dev Ji. But when Guru Arjan Dev Ji was blessed with a son, Hargobind, all his hopes seemed to dash to the ground. Therefore, he became a sworn enemy of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 10.
Who was Chandu Shah? Why did he oppose Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Or
Why does Chandu Shah oppose Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Or
Write a short note on Chandu Shah.
Answer:
Chandu Shah was the Diwan of Lahore. He was looking for a suitable match for his daughter. His messengers proposed the name of Hargobind, son of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, for his daughter. On hearing this Chandu Shah was enraged and uttered some objectionable words in honor of Guru Ji. But after being persuaded by his wife, he agreed to the proposal. Again he sent his messengers to Guru Arjan Dev Ji with this proposal. Guru Arjan Dev Ji turned down the proposal. On hearing this Chandu Shah got very angry and became Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s sworn enemy.

Question 11.
Mention the three causes for the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Or
Examine three major causes of the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Or
What were the three main causes of the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Answer:

Jahangir could not tolerate the flourishing of Sikhism.
Chandu Shah, the Diwan of Lahore sent a proposal of his daughter’s marriage to Hargobind, the son of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. When this proposal was not accepted, Chandu Shah turned Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s sworn enemy.
The help rendered to Khusrau, the elder son of Jahangir, by Guru Arjan Ji became an immediate reason for the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Prithi Chand played a great role in the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 12.
Describe the role of Naqshbandis in the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Sahib.
Answer:
Naqshabandis played an important role in the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Sahib. Naqshbandi was an order started by fanatic Muslims. Naqshbandis were enraged to see the increasing influence of the Sikhs in Punjab. Shaikh Ahmad Sirhindi, the leader of Naqshbandis had great influence in Mughal Darbar. So, he also instigated Jahangir against Guru Ji. Therefore, Jahangir decided” to take action against Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 13.
Why was Jahangir hostile to Sikh Gurus?
Answer:

Jahangir could not tolerate the rapidly increasing power of the Sikhs under Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Some Muslims had embraced Sikhism. It embroiled the blood of Jahangir.
Jahangir could not tolerate the help rendered to rebellious Prince Khusrau.

Question 14.
What was the immediate cause of the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Answer:
The help of Khusrau by Guru Arjan Dev Ji became the immediate cause of Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s martyrdom. Prince Khusrau was the eldest son of Jahangir. He revolted against his father sometime after his enthronement. Khusrau came to seek Guru Arjan Dev Ji blessings. It is said that Guru Arjan Dev Ji put a tilak on his forehead. When Jahangir came to know about all this he got a golden opportunity to take stern action against Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 15.
Write the importance of Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s martyrdom.
Or
Write down the impact of the martyrdom of Sri Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Or
Briefly describe the importance of martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji
Answer:
The martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji gave a new turn to Sikh history. The peace-loving Sikhs flared up as a result of this martyrdom. It became evident to them that taking to arms was now essential. That is why Guru Hargobind Ji adopted a New Policy. He carried two swords of Miri and Piri. In this way, Guru Arjan Dev Ji turned the Sikhs into saint-soldiers. After the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, the era of friendship between the Sikhs and the Mughals came to an end.

Objective Type Questions:

Question 1.
Who was the fifth Guru of the Sikhs?
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 2.
When was Guru Arjan Dev Ji born?
Answer:
April 15, 1563 A.D.

Question 3.
Where was Guru Arjan Dev Ji born?
Answer:
Goindwal Sahib.

Question 4.
What was the name of the father of Guru Arjan- Dev Ji?
Answer:
Guru Ram Das Ji.

Question 5.
What was the name of the mother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Answer:
Bibi Bhani Ji.

Question 6.
Mention the pontificate of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Answer:
1581 to 1606 A.D.

Question 7.
Who was Prithia?
Answer:
The eldest brother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 8.
Why was Prithia annoyed with Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Answer:
Because he considered himself the real claimant of the Giirgaddi.

Question 9.
Which sect was founded by Prithi Chand?
Answer:
Mina sect.

Question 10.
What was the name of Meharban’s father?
Answer:
Prithi Chand.

Question 11.
Who was Chandu Shah?
Answer:
Diwan of Lahore.

Question 12.
Name any one achievement of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Answer:
He founded Harmandir Sahib at Amritsar.

Question 13.
What is meant by Harmandir Sahib?
Answer:
The place of God’s residence.

Question 14.
By which Guru was Harmandir Sahib got built?
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 15.
Who laid the foundation stone of Harmandir Sahib?
Answer:
Famous Sufi Saint Mian Mir.

Question 16.
When was the foundation of Harmandir Sahib laid?
Answer:
1588 A.D.

Question 17.
When was the construction of Harmandir Sahib completed?
Answer:
1601 A.D.

Question 18.
Who was the first Head Granthi of Harmandir Sahib?
Answer:
Baba Buddha Ji.

Question 19.
Why four doors have been built on* four sides of Harmandir Sahib?
Or
What do the four doors of Harmandir Sahib, indicate?
Answer:
It indicates that the doors of Harmandir Sahib are open for people coming from all four directions without any discrimination.

Question 20.
What is meant by Tarn Taran?
Answer:
A person can swim across the world by bathing in the tank of Tarn Taran.

Question 21.
Who got town of Tarn Taran constructed?
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 22.
Which Guru got built a Baoli in Dabbi Bazar at Lahore?
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 23.
What is meant by the word Masand?
Answer:
High place.

Question 24.
What does Daswandh imply?
Answer:
Daswandh means the 1/10th of income which the Sikhs gave to the Masands.

Question 25.
When was Adi Granth Sahib Ji compiled?
Answer:
1604 A.D.

Question 26.
Which Guru Sahib compiled Adi Granth Sahib Ji?
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 27.
Who helped Guru Arjan Dev Ji in compiling the Adi Granth Sahib?
Answer:
Bhai Gurdas Ji.

Question 28.
When was Adi Granth Sahib Ji installed in Harmandir Sahib?
Answer:
16th Aug, 1604 A.D.

Question 29.
Which Guru composed the maximum Shabads (Hymns) for Adi Granth Sahib Ji?
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 30.
What is the number of saints whose hymns (bani) have been included in the Adi Granth Sahib Ji?
Answer:
15.

Question 31.
Name any one saint, whose hymns have been included in Adi Granth Sahib Ji.
Answer:
Kabir Ji.

Question 32.
Into how many Ragas the Adi Granth Sahib Ji has been divided?
Answer:
Adi Granth Sahib has been divided into 31 Ragas.

Question 33.
How many pages (Angas) does Adi Granth Sahib Ji contain?
Answer:
1430.

Question 34.
Write the name of the script of ‘Adi Granth Sahib Ji’.
Answer:
Gurmukhi.

Question 35.
Name the main religious book of (Granth Sahib) the Sikhs.
Answer:
Adi Granth Sahib Ji or Guru Granth Sahib Ji„

Question 36.
With which Bani does the Adi Granth Sahib Ji start?
Answer:
Japji Sahib.

Question 37.
Who composed Japji Sahib?
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji.

Question 38.
What is the importance of Adi Granth Sahib Ji?
Answer:
It contains the message of universal brotherhood of mankind.

Question 39.
Who was Baba Buddha Ji?
Answer:
The first Head Granthi of Sri Darbar Sahib, Amritsar.

Question 40.
Name the central shrine of the Sikhs.
Answer:
Sri Harmandir Sahib, Amritsar.

Question 41.
Who was Chandu Shah?
Answer:
Diwan of Lahore.

Question 42.
Who was Shaikh Ahmad Sirhindi?
Answer:
The head of Naqashbandi order.

Question 43.
What was the name of the eldest son of Jahangir?
Answer:
Khusrau.

Question 44.
Who was the first martyr among the Sikh Gurus?
Or
Which Guru is known as King of Martyrs (Shaheedan de Sartaj).
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 45.
Which Mughal emperor ordered to martyr Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Answer:
Jahangir.

Question 46.
When was Guru Arjan Dev Ji martyred?
Answer:
May 30, 1606 A.D.

Question 47.
Where was Guru Arjan Dev Ji martyred?
Answer:
In Lahore.

Question 48.
Write down any one result of the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Answer:
It inflammed the sentiments of the Sikhs.

Fill in the blanks:

1. Guru Arjan Dev Ji was the ……………… Guru of the Sikhs.
Answer:
fifth

2. The name of the father of Guru Arjan Dev Ji was …………………..
Answer:
Guru Ram Das Ji

3. The name of the mother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji was ……………….
Answer:
Bibi Bhani

4. The name of the son of Guru Arjan Dev Ji was ………………….
Answer:
Hargobind

5. Guru Arjan Dev Ji succeeded to Guruship in ………………..
Answer:
1581 A.D.

6. Prithia established ………………..
Answer:
Mina sect

7. Shaikh Ahmad Sirhindi started the …………………. order.
Answer:
Naqashbandi

8. Naqasbandis established their headquarters at …………………
Answer:
Sirhind

9. Chandu Shah was the Diwan of ……………..
Answer:
Lahore

10. ……………. got built Sri Harmandir Sahib.
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji

11. Famous Saint ……………… laid the foundation stone of Sri Harmandir Sahib.
Answer:
Mian Mir

12. ………………. founded Tarn Taran.
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji

13. ………………. got built a Baoli at Lahore.
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji

14. The Adi Granth Sahib was complied by …………………
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji

15. Compilation of the Adi Granth Sahib was completed in ………………..
Answer:
1604 A.D.

16. ………………… was appointed as the first Head Granthi in Sri Harmandir Sahib.
Answer:
Baba Buddha Ji

17. The autobiography of Jahangir is …………………..
Answer:
Tuzak-i-Jahangiri

18. Dara Shikoh’s father’s name was …………………
Answer:
Jahangir

19. Guru Arjan Dev Ji was martyred on …………………
Answer:
May 30, 1606 A.D.

20. Guru Arjan Dev Ji was martyred at ………………..
Answer:
Lahore

21. Guru Arjan Dev Ji was martyred by Mughal emperor …………………
Answer:
Jahangir

True or False:

1. Guru Arjan Dev Ji was the fifth Guru of the Sikhs.
Answer:
True

2. Guru Arjan Dev Ji was born on April 15, 1563 A.D.
Answer:
True

3. Tripta Devi was the name of mother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Answer:
False

4. The name of the son of Guru Arjan Dev Ji was Hargobind Ji.
Answer:
True

5. Prithi Chand found the Mina Sect.
Answer:
True

6. Chandu Shah became the friend of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Answer:
False

7. Guru Arjan Dev Ji got constructed the Harmandir Sahib.
Answer:
True

8. The construction of Harmandir Sahib was started in 1688 A.D.
Answer:
False

9. The foundation of Harmandir Sahib was laid by Sufi Saint, Mian Mir.
Answer:
True

10. Development of Masand system was the greatest achievement of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Answer:
True

11. Guru Arjan Dev Ji compiled Adi Granth Sahib Ji in 1604 A.D.
Answer:
True

12. Baba Buddha Ji wrote hymns of Adi Granth Sahib.
Answer:
False

13. Baba Buddha Ji was the first Head Granthi (priest) of Harmandir Sahib.
Answer:
True

14. The hymns of Adj Granth Sahib Ji have been divided according to 33 Ragas.
Answer:
False

15. Adi Granth Sahib Ji has a total of 1430 pages.
Answer:
True

16. Guru Granth Sahib Ji has hymns of six Gurus.
Answer:
True

17. Adi Granth Sahib Ji is written in Sanskrit Language.
Answer:
False

18. The writer of Tuzak-i-Babari was Jahangir.
Answer:
False

19. Guru Arjan Dev Ji was martyred in 1606 A.D.
Answer:
True

20. Guru Arjan Dev Ji was martyred on the orders of Aurangjeb.
Answer:
False

21. Guru Arjan Dev Ji was martyred at Lahore.
Answer:
True

Multiple Choice Questions:

1. Who was the fifth Guru of Sikhs?
(a) Guru Ram Das Ji
(b) Guru Arjan Dev Ji
(c) Guru Hargobind Ji
(d) Guru Har Krishan Ji
Answer:
(b) Guru Arjan Dev Ji

2. When was Guru Arjan Dev Ji born?
(a) In 1539 AD.
(b) In 1560 A.D.
(c) In 1563 A.D
(d) In 1574 A.D.
Answer:
(c) In 1563 A.D

3. Where was Guru Arjan Dey Ji born?
(a) Amritsar
(b) Khadur Sahib
(c) Goindwal Sahib
(d) Tarn Taran.
Answer:
(c) Goindwal Sahib

4. Who was the father of Guru Arjan Dcv Ji?
(a) Guru Amar Das Ji
(b) Guru Ram Das Ji
(c) Bhai Gurdas Ji
(d) Haridas Ji
Answer:
(b) Guru Ram Das Ji

5. What was the name of the mother of Guru Arjan Dcv Ji?
(a) Bibi Bhani Ji
(b) Bibi Amro Ji
(c) Bibi Anokhi Ji
(d) Bibi Dhanì Ji.
Answer:
(a) Bibi Bhani Ji

6. Which sect was, founded by Prithin?
(a) Mina
(b) Udasi
(c) Harms
(d) Nirjania
Answer:
(a) Mina

7. Whose son was Meharban?
(a) Guru Arjan Dcv Ji
(b) Sri Chiad Ji
(c) Baba Mohan Ji
(d) Prithi Chand.
Answer:
(d) Prithi Chand.

8. When did Guru Arjan Dev Ji succeed to Guruship?
(a) In 1580 A.D.
(b) In 1581 A.D.
(c) In 1585 A.D.
(d) In 1586 A.D.
Answer:
(b) In 1581 A.D.

9. Where was headquarter of Naqshbandis located In Punjab?
(a) Malerkutla
(b) Ludhiana
(c) Jalandhar
(d) Sirhind
Answer:
(d) Sirhind

10. Who was the leader of Naqshbandis at the time of Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
(a) Baba Farid Ji
(b) Data Ganj Baksh
(c) Shaikh Abmed Sirhindi
(d) Ram Rai.
Ans.
(c) Shaikh Abmed Sirhindi

11. Who was Chandu Shah?
(a) Diwan of Lahore
(b) Faujdar of Punjab
(c) Subedar of Jalandhar
(d) Diwan of Multan
Answer:
(a) Diwan of Lahore

12. When was the foundation of Sri Harmandir Sahib laid?
Answer:
(a) In 1581 A.D.
(b) In 1585 A.D.
(c) In 1588 A.D.
(d) In 1589 A.D.
Answer:
(c) In 1588 A.D.

13. Who laid the foundation of sri Harmandir Sahib?
(a) Guru Arjan Dev Ji
(b) Baba Farid Ji
(c) Saint Mian Mir Ji
(d) Baba Buddha Ji.
Answer:
(c) Saint Mian Mir Ji

14. Where did Guru Arjan Dev Ji Start compiling of the Adi Granth Sahib Ji?
(a) Ramsar
(b) Goindwal Sahib
(c) Khadur Sahib
(d) Baba Bakala
Answer:
(a) Ramsar

15. Who helped Guru Arjan Dev Ji in compiling the Adi Granth Sahib Ji?
(a) Baba Buddha Ji
(b) Bhai Gurdas Ji
(c) Bhai Moh1cam Chand Ji
(d) Bhai Mani Singh Ji.
Ans.
(b) Bhai Gurdas Ji

16. When was compilation of the Adj Granth Sahib Ji completed?
(a) In 1600 A.D.
(b) In 1601 A.D.
(c) In 1602 A.D.
(d) In 1604 A.D.
Answer:
(d) In 1604 A.D.

17. Where was the Adj Granth Sahib JI first kept?
(a) Sri Harnjandjr Sahib
(b) Khadur Sahib
(c) Goindwal Sahib
(d) Nankana Sahib.
Answer:
(a) Sri Harnjandjr Sahib

18. When was the Adj Granth Sahib Ji first read.?
(t) In 1602 AD.
(ii) In 1604 A.D.
(iii) In 1605 A.D.
(iv) In 1606 A.D.
Answer:
(ii) In 1604 A.D.

19. Who was appointed First Head Granthi in the Sri Harmandir Sahib?
(a) Bhai Gurdas Ji
(b) Bhai Mani Singh Ji
(c) Baba Buddha Ji
(d) Baba Deep Singh Ji
Answer:
(c) Baba Buddha Ji

20. Into how many Ragas has the Bani of the Adj Granth Sahib Ji been divided?
(a) 10
(b) 15
(c) 21
(d) 31
Answer:
(d) 31

21. In which Script the Adi Granth Sahib Ji was written?
(a) Hindi
(b) Persian
(c) Marathi
(d) Gurmukhi
Answer:
(d) Gurmukhi

22. Who was Baba Buddha Ji?
(a) The first Head Granthi of Sri Harmandir Sahib Amrister.
(b) Writer of the Adi Granth Sahib Ji.
(c) The founder of Sri Harmandir Sahib.
(d) None of These
Answer:
(a) The first Head Granthi of Sri Harmandir Sahib Amrister.

23. Name the main religious scripture of the Sikhs.
(a) Adi Granth Sahib Ji
(b) Dasam Granth Sahib Ji
(c) Zafarnama
(d) Rehat Nama
Answer:
(a) Adi Granth Sahib Ji

24. Name the main religious scripture of the Sikhs.
(a) Sri Harmandir Sahib
(b) Sis Ganj
(c) Rakab Ganj
(d) Kesgarh Sahib
Answer:
(a) Sri Harmandir Sahib

25. What was the name of autobiography of Jahangir?
(a) Tuzak-i-Babari
(b) Tuzak-i-Jahangiri
(c) Jahangir Nama
(d) Aalamgir Nama.
Answer:
(b) Tuzak-i-Jahangiri

26. Name the first martyr among the Sikh Gurus.
(a) Guru Nanak Dey Ji
(b) Guni Amar Das Ji
(c) Guru Arjan Dey Ji
(d) Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Answer:
(c) Guru Arjan Dey Ji

27. On the orders of which Mughal emperor was Guru Arjan Dey Ji martyred?
(a) Babar
(b) Jahangir
(c) Shah Jahan
(d) Aurangzeb.
Answer:
(b) Jahangir

28. Where was Guru Arjan Dcv Ji martyred?
(a) Delhi
(b) Amritsar
(c) Lahore
(d) Multan.
Answer:
(c) Lahore

29. When was Guru Arjan Dey Ji martyred?
(a) In 1604 A.D.
(b) In 1605 A.D.
(c) In 1606 A.D.
(d) In 1609 A.D.
Answer:
(c) In 1606 A.D.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 25 The Union Legislature

February 16, 2024February 15, 2024 by Prasanna

Punjab State Board PSEB 11th Class Political Science Book Solutions Chapter 25 The Union Legislature Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 11 Political Science Chapter 25 The Union Legislature

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Describe the composition of Indian Parliament and compare the powers of the Rajya Sabha with those of the Lok Sabha.
Or
Discuss the composition of Indian Parliament. Describe the relations between the two Houses of Parliament.
Answer:
All the legislative powers of the federal government are vested in the Parliament. The laws framed by the Indian Parliament are enforced in the whole of the country. The Parliament holds its meetings in New Delhi, the Capital of India.

Composition:
Article 79 of the Constitution provides a bicameral parliament for the Union. The Union Parliament consists of the president and the two Houses to be known respectively as the Council of States (Rajya Sabha) and the House of the People (Lok Sabha).

1. Rajya Sabha:
Rajya Sabha is the upper chamber of the Parliament. It can have at the most 250 members in it. The President of India nominates 12 members. These are the persons who have distinguished themselves in the field of art, literature, science and social service. Rest of the members are elected by the members of State legislatures. At present it consists of 245 (233 + 12) members in all. l/3rd of its members retire after every two years and other members are elected to fill up the vacancies. Each member remains in office for a period of 6 years.

2. Lok Sabha:
Lok Sabha is the lower chamber of the Parliament. It can have at the most 550 elected members. The members will be elected acording to the laws framed by the Union Parliament. The President can nominate two members of the Anglo-Indian community if he feels that in the Lok Sabha this- community has not got adequate representation. In this manner maximum strength of the Lok Sabha can be 552.

But at present Lok Sabha has 543 elected members. The members of the Lok Sabha are elected for a period of 5 years. The President of India can dissolve the Lok Sabha before the expiry of its term and can order fresh elections. The members of the Lok Sabha elect one Speaker and one Deputy Speaker from amongst its members.

Salary and Allowances of the Members of Parliament:
The salary and allowances of the members of Parliament are determined by Parliament from time to time. Session of the Parliament. The President of India convenes the session of the Parliament. He can call the sessions of both the Houses on the same date or on different dates. The second session of the Parliament must be convened within a period of 6 months. There should not be a difference of more than 6 months between the last meeting of the last session and the first meeting of the next session. This way two sessions are certainly called in one year.

Relations Between The Two Houses Of Parliament
Although the participation and collaboration of both the Houses are essential for all legislative activities, even a cursory perusal of the provisions of the Constitution with regard to the two Houses of Parliament will show that the Constitution recognizes the supremacy of the Lok Sabha over the Rajya Sabha. The two Houses, unlike the Australian Parliament do not stand on the footing of equality. The relation of the two Houses, unlike the Australian Parliament does not stand on the footing of equality. The relation of the two Houses may be discussed as under:

1. Ordinary Bills:
Ordinary Bills can originate in either House of Parliament. Unless passed by both the Houses they cannot be sent to the President for his assent. A Bill passed by one House is sent to the other House. If the other House passes the Bill in the form in which it was passed by originating House, it is sent to the President for his assent. The other House may propose amendments in the Bill or may even reject the Bill.

Thus, if the two Houses do not agree on the proposed amendments or if the two Houses finally disagree on the Bill, the President, under Art. 108 of the Constitution is empowered to call a joint meeting of the two Houses. In case the receiving House takes no action on the Bill for six months from the date of its receipt in that case also the President may summon a joint meeting of both the Houses. It should be noted that there can be no joint meeting of the two Houses if the Bill has lapsed because of the dissolution of the Lok Sabha.

Even if the President has already issued a notification for joint sitting and even if the date, time and place of the meeting have been announced and summons issued, the meeting shall have to be cancelled because no joint sitting can be held for deliberating and voting on a Bill which has already lapsed. When the President has notified his intention to summon the two Houses to meet in a joint sitting, neither House can proceed with the Bill.

If at the joint meeting of the two Houses the Bill is passed by a majority of the total number of members of both Houses present and voting, it shall be deemed to have been passed by both the Houses. At the joint sitting of the two Houses, the voice of the Lok Sabha should prevail because of its numerical strength. It should not, however, be taken for granted. In India, thus, the Rajya Sabha can delay a Bill or six months.

It may succeed in killing it also especially when the Government has a thin majority in the Lok Sabha and substantial opposition in the Rajya Sabha. In England, the House of Lords can delay a non-money Bill for one year. There is no provision for a joint sitting. In Japan also there is no provision for a joint sitting of the two Houses in case of a deadlock over a Bill. The Upper House of Japn (House of Councillors) can delay an ordinary Bill for sixty days. If the Lower House passes that Bill for the second time by a two-third majority of the members present the Bill is deemed to have been passed by both the Houses.

2. Money Bills:
Money Bills and Budget can originate in the Lok Sabha only. The Rajya Sabha is the receiving end. When a Money Bill is passed by the Lok Sabha it is sent to he Rajya Sabha for its recommendations. The Rajya Sabha, has the right to propose amendments in the Money Bill. It must return the Bill to the Lok Sabha, with or without amendments, within 14 days, but Lok Sabha may or may not agree to those recommendations.

If the Rajya Sabha does not return the Money Bill within 14 days from the date of the receipt of the Bill, the same shall be considered to have been passed by both the Houses of Parliament in the same form in which it was passed by the Lok Sabha. All these provisions clearly prove that the hold of the Lok Sabha over the finance of the country is complete and absolute. It should be noted that in case of disagreement over Money Bill, there cannot be a joint sitting of the two Houses. The Senate of Australia possesses the power to reject even a Money Bill.

The House of Lords of England can delay a money bill for a month. The Upper House of Japan can also delay the passage of a money bill for 30 days. In matters of finance the powers of the Rajya Sabha are insignificant.

3. Control over the Executive:
In India, Parliamentary system of Government has been established. The essence of this form of Government is that the executive is responsible to the legislature for its actions and policies. In practice it is answerable to the Popular House. Thus, according to the Constitution of India, the Council of Ministers has been made collectively responsible to the Lok Sabha.

No doubt, the Rajya Sabha can exert its influence on the Govenment in a number of ways and it may even put the Government in an awkward position, but it cannot remove the Government from office. This power belongs to the Lok Sabha only. This power of the Lok Sabha is exclusive and not concurrent. The Government must enjoy the confidence of the Lok Sabha or else resign. The Lok Sabha can express its lack of confidence in a number of ways, for example by rejecting a Government Bill, a Money Bill or by passing a no confidence resolution.

Thus, the Government must either be in tune with the Lok Sabha or face expulsion. One point may be noted here. The Council of ministers is collectively responsible to the Lok Sabha. The Constitution does not speak of individual responsibility. Moreover, it is not clear that when the Lok Sabha stands dissolved, to whom is the Council of Ministers responsible then? Afer the dissolution of the Lok Sabha in December 1970, the continuance of Indira Government was challenged in the Supreme Court. The Supreme Court upheld the legality of the continuance of Indira Gandhi Government.

4. Other Matters:
On the other matters, the powers of the two Houses are almost equal. They are enumerated as under:

(i) Constitution Amending Bill can be introduced in either House of Parliament. It is deemed to have been passed only when each House passes it by the required majority. Since the Amending Bill has to be passed by each House, the question of joint sitting of the two Houses in case of disagreement does not arise. In this repsect the Rajya Sabha has co-equal powers with the Lok Sabha. It may even kill an amending Bill.

(ii) Both the Houses take part in the election of the President and Vice President.

(iii) Both the Houses have equal powers in the removal of the President, Charges can be preferred in either House, the other House investigates or gets them investigated by a court or a tribunal, but the House cannot abdicate its authority, it has to pass the resolution by 2/3rd majority if the impeachment proceeding is to succeed.

(iv) The Vice President can also be removed from office by the Parliament. Removal proceedings against the Vice President can start only in the Rajya Sabha, but the Lok Sabha must also agree if the Vice President is to be removed from office.

(v) Judges of the Supreme Court and State High Courts are also removed by both the Houses. In this .respect also the powers of both the Houses are equal.

In two matters the powers of the Rajya Sabha are exclusive. They are:
1. Under Article 249, the Rajya Sabha can pass a resolution by 2/3rd majority of its members present and voting that an item given on the State List has become of national importance, therefore, Parliament should make law on that. On the passing of such a resolution, it becomes lawful for Parliament to make laws with respect to that matter for the whole or any part of India for a period of one year.

2. The second exclusive power of the Rajya Sabha. is connected with the setting up of All India Services. Under Article 312, the Rajya Sabha by passing a resolution by two-thirds majority of the members present and voting can set up All India Service.

From the above discussion it is clear that the Lok Sabha is more powerful than the Rajya Sabha. And he who holds the purse, holds the power. Likewise, the Council of Ministers can be removed from office by the Lok Sabha only. The Lok Sabha is thus the King- maker. It was the intention of the makers of the costitution to make the Lok Sabha more powerful than the Rajya Sabha because it is in accordance with the theory and practice of Parliamentary system of Government.

Question 2.
Discuss the powers and functions of Indian Parliament.
Or
Discuss financial and judicial functions of Parliament.
Answer:
The Indian Parliament has been given several types of powers. The powers of Parliament include law-making or legislation, financial, executive and judicial powers.
1. Legislative Powers:
The Parliament has the right to frame laws for the whole of the country. It can frame laws on the subjects mentioned in the Union list and concurrent list. Under certain special circumstances the Parliament gets the right to frame laws on the subjects mentioned in the State list. The Parliament frames laws on State subjects for union territories. The Rajya Sabha can transfer a State subject in favour of the centre for the purpose of making laws.

In case of the proclamation of emergency by the President, the Parliament can legislate on State subjects. The Residuary powers are under the control of the central government and so Parliament frames laws on all the residuary subjects. The bill is sent to the President after it is passed by both the Houses. Excepting the money bills he can give his assent and make use of his veto powers. If the Parliament passes that bill for second time then the President is bound to give his assent to that bill.

2. Financial Powers:
The Parliament controls the finances of the State. The government places the budget before the start of the financial year. The Parliament discusses the budget and gives its assent to the bill. The government can neither impose any tax upon the public nor can it spend the money without the approval of the Parliament. The President will have to give his assent to the money bill passed by the Parliament.

3. Control over the Executive:
The Parliament controls the Executive in the following ways:
(i) The Prime Minister and the other ministers are taken from the Parliament and after becoming ministers, they remain the members of the Parliament. They participate in the meetings of the Parliament.

(ii) The ministers are responsible to the Parliament for their actions and policies.

(iii) The members of the Parliament can ask the ministers questions regarding the functioning of the administration. The ministers are to give a satisfactory reply to all these questions.

(iv) The members of the Parliament by introducing ‘Adjournment Motion’ can invite the attention of the government to a serious problem or event.

(v) During discusion on budget the members of the Parliament discuss the working of different departments of the government and criticise the policies of the government.

(vi) The Cabinet continues to remain in office according to the wishes of the Lok Sabha. It can seek the removal of the Cabinet by passing a no-confidence motion against or by rejecting an important government bill or by passing a resolution for reducing the salary of a particular minister.

4. Judicial Powers:
The Parliament exercises some judicial powers also:

The Parliament can remove the President from office through impeachment.
The Parliament can also remove the Vice-President from office.
The Parliament can remove the judges of the High Court and Supreme Court by passing a resolution to that effect.

5. Electoral Powers:

The elected members of the parliament participate in the election of the President.
The Vice President is elected by the members of both the Houses of the Parliament.

6. Amendment of the Constitution:
It is the Parliament which can initiate a resolution for the amendment of the Constitution. Some provisions of the Constitution can be amended only by the Parliament. In some important matters the amendment proposals after being passed by the Parliament are to be sent for the approval of legislatures of the States. The States cannot introduce a resolution of amendment of the Constitution.

Position of the Parliament:
The Indian Parliament enjoys vast powers and it is a very important insitution. It represents the entire nation. The Laws framed by it are enforced in the whole of the State. But the Indian Parliament is not a supreme and sovereign body.The Indian Parliament is less powerful than the British Parliament. The sovereignty of the British Parliament is a well known fact.

The British Parliament can make, repeal, amend and abolish, any law it likes. But the Indian Parliament cannot make all the laws it likes. The reason for this is that in England there is unitary type of government and all powers are with the Centre, but in Indian there is a federal type of government and the powers have been distributed between ttie Centre and the States. Indian Parliament cannot be called a Supreme and sovereign body due to reasons given ahead:

The powers in India are distributed between the Centre and the State and the Parliament cannot frame laws on the subjects mentioned in the State list during peace time.
The Parliament cannot make any law which violates the fundamental rights of the people?
The Parliament cannot amend the Constitution independently.
The Constitution is considered the supreme law of the land. The Parliament can do nothing against it.
The judiciary has the power of Judicial review over the laws framed by the Parliament. The Supreme Court of India can declare a law null and void if it is against the provisions of the Constitution.

Question 3.
Discuss the composition, functions and powers of Rajya Sabha in India.
Answer:
The legislative powers of the Union have been vested in the parliament. The Parliament consists of two Houses-the Rajya Sabha and the Lok Sabha.
The members of the Lok Sabha are directly elected by the people. Hence, it is a national House or the popular House. The members of the Rajya Sabha are elected by the members of the Legislative Assemblies of the States. Hence its name is the Council of States.

Composition:
According to the constitution the maximum strength of the Rajya Sabha has been put at 250 members. Out of 250 members 12 members are nominated by the President. These members shall consist of persons having special knowledge of practical experience in literature, science, art and social service. The remaining 238 members represent the States and the Union Territories.

The representatives of the States are elected by the Elected members of their Legislative Assemblies in accordance with the system of proportional representation by means of the single transferable vote. The method of election is, accordingly, indirect. In the case of Union Territories members are chosen in such a manner as Parliament may by law determine.

Though the Indian Constitution establishes a federal polity, yet the federating units (State) have not been given equal representation in the Rajya Sabha, Representation of the States is on the basis of population. At present the Rajya Sabha has 245 mambers. Out of 245 members, 233 members represent the States and Union Territories and the remaining 12 members have been nominated by the president.

Term:
Like the Senate of the U.S.A.; the Rajya Sabha is a permanent House. It is not subject to dissolution. Members of the Rajya Sabha are elected for six years, one-third members retiring after every two years.

Qualifications for the members of the Rajya Sabha. A candidate for election to the Rajya Sabha must possess the following qualifications:

He must be a citizen of India.
He must have completed 30 years of age.
He must be a parliamentary elector in the State from which he is seeking election and must have been residing in the state for the last six months.
He must possess such other qualifications as parliament may by law prescribe.
He must make and subscribe before some person authorised on that behalf by the Election Commission an oath or affirmation asserting his allegiance to the Constitution of India.

Disqualification for Membership:
A person is disqualified from being chosen a member of the Rajya Sabha if he holds any office of profit under the Government of India or any State Government, or if he is of unsound mind, or if he is an undischarged insolvent, or if he has ceased to be a citizen of India or has voluntarily acquired citizenship of a foreign State, or acknowledged allegiance to a foreign State, or if he is so disqualified under any law made by the Parliament.

A person cannot be a member of both the Houses simultaneously. Nor can he be a member of the Rajya Sabha and a State legislature at the same time. If he incurs any disqualification even after his election, he will have to vacate his seat.

Chairman and Deputy Chairman of the Rajya Sahha:
Like the Vice President of U.S.A., the Indian Vice-President is also the ex- officio Chairman of the Upper House. At present Sh. Venkaiah Naidu is the Chairman of Rajya Sabha. The Rajya Sabha elects a Deputy Chairman from among its own members and he presides in the absence of the Chairman or during the period when the Vice-President is discharging the function of the President. The Deputy Chairman is a member of the Rajya Sabha and he is to vacate the office if he ceases to be its member. On 9th August, 2018 Sh. Harivansh Narayan Singh, candidate of N.D.A. was elected as the Vice-Chairman of Rajya Sabha.

Quorum:
According to 42nd Amendment until parliament by law otherwise provides the quorum to constitute a meeting of either House of Parliamnet is one-tenth of the total number of members of the House. If at any time during a meeting of a House there is no quorum, it is the duty of the Chairman either to adjourn the House or to suspend the meeting until there is a quorum.

Powers And Functions Of The Rajya Sabha:
The Rajya Sabha performs a variety of functions. They may be discussed under the following heads:
1. Legislative Powers:
The Rajya Sabha is an integral part of the Indian Parliament. Since the main responsibility of the Parliament is to make laws, hence the Rajya Sabha takes part in the making of laws. Except Money Bills, all bills can originate in the Rajya Sabha. No Bill can become a law unless agreed to by both the Houses. The Lok Sabha by itself cannot pass a Bill and send it to the President for his assent.

In case of disagreement between the two Houses on a Bill or on the amendments made in the Bill, the President has been empowered to summon a joint meeting of the two Houses for the purpose of deliberating and voting on the Bill; At a joint sitting questions are decided by a majority of the members of both houses present and voting. A decision taken at a joint sitting shall mean the decision of both Houses. At the time of the joint sitting the Speaker of the Lok Sabha presides.

The President can also summon the joint sitting when a Bill passed by one House is not considered by the other House for six months. For the purpose of summoning the joint sitting it does not matter whether the Bill was introduced first in the Lok Sabha or the Rajya Sabha.

2. Financial Powers:
In financial matters, it is the Lok Sabha which enjoys a pre-eminent position. The Rajya Sabha has not been given any susbstantial power with regard to finance. No Money Bill or Financial Bill can first be introduced in the Rajya Sabha. It is the privilege of the Lok Sabha to pass the Money Bill first and send it to the Rajya Sabha for its recommendation. It should be noted that the Bill is transmitted to the Rajya Sabha for its recommendation and not for its aproval. In America, the Money Bill must be approved by the Senate. It is not so in India.

The Rajya Sabha can make amendments in the Money Bill, it may even rejected the Money Bill. It has no effect on the Bill. The Lok Sabha is not bound to accept the recommendations made by the Rajya Sabha. In case the Lok Sabha rejects the recommendations of the Rajya Sabha, the Bill is deemed to have been pased by both Houses in the form in which it was passed by the Lok Sabha. Likewise if the Rajya Sabha does not return the Money Bill to the Lok Sabha within 14 days, it will be considered to have been passed by both Houses in the form in which it was passed by the Lok Sabha. Thus, the Lok Sabha possesses complete control over the purse of the nation.

3. Control over Executive:
The Rajya Sabha does not control Excecutive as the Constitution makes the Council of Ministers collectively responsible to the Lok Sabha. But this does not mean that the Rajya Sabha can exert no influence over the Executive. Some of the Ministers are taken from the Rajya Sabha. The members of the Rajya Sabha have the right to ask questions and supplementary questions from the Ministers. They can elicit information about the actions of Government and can move resolutions impressing on the Government the desirability of pursuing a particular line of policy.

As said, the Council of Ministers can be ousted from office by the Lok Sabha only. The Rajya Sabha can condemn the Government but it cannot kick the Government out of office.

4. Judicial Powers:
Like the Upper Houses in other countries, the Rajya Sabha has also been vested with some judicial functions. The President can be removed from office by the process of impeachment. A resolution to impeach the President may be moved in any House of Parliament. Such a resolution has to be pased by both the Houses separately by at least 2/3rd majority of the total membership of the house. Clearly, the Rajya Sabha enjoys co-equal powers with the Lok Sabha in the process of impeachment of the President.

In the removal of the Vice-Presidnet, a resolution to that effect can be moved in the Rajya Sabha only. But the Lok Sabha must agree with that resolution if the Vice-President is to be removed from the office. Likewise, it has identical powers with the Lok Sabha in the matter of removal of a judge of the Supreme Court or a High Court.

5. Constituent Powers:
The Rajya Sabha exercises constituent functions along with the Lok Sabha. A Bill to amend the Constitution may originate in either House of Parliament. And the Bill amending the Csonstitution is required to be pased in each House by a majority of its total membership and by a majority of two-third of its members present and voting. The Cosntitution is silent on how to resolve a dead-lock between the two . Houses.

6. Miscellaneous Powers:
The miscellaneous functions of the Rajya Sabha are:
(i) The elected members of the Rajya Sabha take part in the election of the President.

(ii) All the members (elected and nominated both) of the Rajya Sabha take part in the election of the Vice-President.

(iii) The reports of all the Commissions appointed by the President are considered both by the Rajya Sabha and the Lok Sabha.

(iv) The approval of the Rajya Sabha is necessary for the continuance of the proclamation of emergency.

(v) Every order made by the president suspending the enformcement of Fundamental Rights is required to be laid before each House of Parliament.

(vi) Agreement of the Rajya Sabha is necessary if action is to be taken against the Chief Election Commissioner, Comptroller General and the members of the Union Public Service Commission.

(vii) In granting amnesty, the Rajya Sabha has equal power with the Lok Sabha. Special Powers of the Rajya Sabha. Under the constitution, the Rajya Sabha has been vested with two special and exclusive powers. They are:
1. Under Article 249 the Rayja Sabha may declare by resolution, passed by two-third majority of its members present and voting, that it is necessary or expedient in the national interest that Parliament should make laws with respect to any matter enumerated in the State List.

2. Under Article 312 of the Constitution, the Rajya Sabha is empowered to create one or more All-India Services, if the house passes a resolution by not less than two-thirds of the memebrs present and voting that it is neccessary or expedient in the national interest to do so.

Position of the Rajya Sahha:
After having an anylysis of the powers of the Rajya Sabha, it becomes clear that the makers of the Constitution intended it to be less powerful and influential than the Lok Sabha. In matters of ordinary legislation, it cannot prove to be an obstacle in the way of the Lok Sabha because of its half of strength of the Lok Sabha. At the most it can delay an oridnary bill for six months. It has absolutely no control over the purse of the nation.

Money Bills first originate in the Lok Sabha and then are transmitted to the Rajya Sabha for its recommendations. The Lok Sabha may not agree with the recommendations made by the Rajya Sabha. The Rajya Sabha can delay a Money Bill for 14 days only. There can be no joint sitting of the two Houses in case of disagreement on a Money Bill. Then the privilege to remove the Government from office belongs to the Lok Sabha only. The Rajya Sabha can denounce the Government but it cannot dislodge the Government. In certain repsects it is weaker than the House of Lords even. In the opinion of certain critics, the Rajya Sabha is only a Secondary Chamber.

All this, however, is not to suggest that the Rajya Sabha is only an appendage of the Lok Sabha. It is definitely more powerful than the British House of Lords and the Senate of Canada. While in certain matters it has co-equal powers with the Lok Sabha, in two cases it has exclusive powers as well. It has reacted very strongly whenever the Lok Sabha made an attack upon its privileges. In 1954, much excitement was caused in the Rajya Sabha by an alleged observation made in the Lok Sabha by N.C. Chatterjee that “The Upper House, which is suposed to be a body of elders, seems to be behaving irresponsibly like a pack of urchins.”

According to Morris Jones, “It has three outweighing merits, it supplies additional political positions for which there is demand, it provides some additonal debating opportunities for which there is occasional need and it assists in the solution of legislative limited problems.”

Question 4.
Describe the composition and powers of the Lok Sabha. Is there any limitation to its authority?
Or
Discuss the Composition and Functions of Lok Sabha.
Answer:
Lok Sabha is the Lower House of Parliament. It is a popular House because it represents the nation at large. It is not only popular but a powerful House as well. It is the pivot of all political activities.

Composition:
Accroding to the 31st Amendment, the maximum strength of the Lok Sabha has been put at 547 members. But accroding to Goa, Daman and Diu Reorganisation Act 1987 maximum elected memebrs of the Lok Sabha can be 550. The President can appoint two Anglo-IndiAnswer: At present Lok Sabha consists of 543 members. 530 members are elected members from the States and the Union Territories and two are nominated by the President.

Election:
The members of the Lok Sabha are elected directly by the people. Every citizen of India of not less than 18 years has the right to vote provided, of course, he or she is not otherwise disqualified on grounds of unsoundness of mind, crime or corrupt or illegal practice. The voting is by secret ballot. Normally one member represents a population between 5 to 7 1/2 lakhs. As per Constitution, there shall be allotted to each State a number of seats in Lok Sabha in such a manner that the ratio between the population of the State as far as practicable, is same for all the Staes.

Each State shall be devided into territorial Constituencies in such a manner that the ratio between the population of each constituency and number of seats allotted to it, as far as practicable, is the same throughout the State. Though the system of separate communal electorate has been abolished yet the Constitution reserves certain seats for Scheduled Castes and Schedules Tribes. This reservation shall be vaild till 2020 because the term has been extended by amending the Constitution.

Term:
The life of the Lok Sabha is five years. All the members are chosen at one and at the same time. Unlike the election to the Rajya Sabha where l/3rd members retire every two years, all the members of the Lok Sabha are elected for a period of five years. However, the President can dissolve the Lok Sabha even before the expiry of its term, i.e. five years. On 26th April, 1999 the President dissolved the Lok Sabha on the advice of Prime Minister Atal Behari Vajpayee. Thus the tenure of 12th Lok Sabha was 13 months only.

Qualification:
To be qualified for election to the Lok Sabha, a person must possess the following qualifications:
1. He must be a citizen of India.

2. He must have completed 25 years of age.

3. He must not hold any office of profit under the Government of India or the Government of any State.

4. He must possess such other qualifications as may be prescribed by the Parliament.

5. No person can be a member of both Houses of Parliament. In case he becomes, he must vacate one of the two seats. Likewise, one person cannot be a member of a House of Parliament and of a State Lsegislature simultaneously.

6. A person shall be disqualified for being chosen as, and for being, a member of either House of Parliament if he is of unsound mind and stands so declared by a competent court: if he is an undischarged insolvent; if he is not a citizen of India or has voluntarily acquired the citizenship of a foreign State or is under an acknowledgement of allegiance or adherence to a foreign State or if he is so disqualified by or under any law made by Parliament.

Quorum:
For a meeting of the Lok Sabha the presence of at least 1/lQth of its total members is essential. If at any time during meeting of a House there is no quorum, it is the duty of the Chairman either to adjourn the House or to suspend the meeting until there is a quorum.

Speaker:
The speaker is the presiding officer of the Lok Sabha. He is elected by the members of the Lok Sabha from among themselves. The Speaker presides over the meetings of the House; maintains order in the House and conducts the business of the House in accordance with the Rules of the House. The Constitution also provides for the office of the Deputy Speaker. He too is the member of the House and is elected by the members of the Lok Sabha from among themselves. The Deputy Speaker performs the duties of the speaker when the latter is absent or while the office of the Speaker is vacant.

Privileges:
Members of the Lok Sabha enjoy certain privileges:

Members have full freedom of speech in the House. No case can be started against a member for a speech given in the House.
Members cannot be arrested in any civil suit before 40 days of the beginning of the session.
During the session, members can be arrested in criminal cases only but information must be given to the speaker.
Members get a monthly salary and many other allowances.

Powers Of The Lok Sabha:
1. Legislative Powers:
Any type of bill can be introduced in the Lok Sabha. Laws in it, can be framed on any subject given on the Union list and the concurrent list. The Rajya Sabha can transfer any subject on the State List by passing a resolution in favour of the Centre and Lok Sabha can pass a law on the subject. Rajya Sabha can transfer a subject only in case of national importance. After the bill is passed by the Lok Sabha, it is sent to the Rajya Sabha and it can delay the bill at the most for 6 months.

If the Rajya Sabha rejects the bill or does not take any action over it for a period of six months, a joint session of the two Houses of the Parliament is called and the majority vote decides the bill. As the number of the members of the Lok Sabha is larger than that of the Rajya Sabha, so the Lok Sabha can get the bills passed according to its own wishes.

2. Financial Powers:
The Lok Sabha controls the finances of the State. A money bill can only be introduced in the Lok Sabha and not in the Rajya Sabha. If there is a difference of opinion whether a particular bill is a money bill or a non-money bill, the decision of the speaker of the Lok Sabha will be final. After a money bill is passed by the Lok Sabha, it is sent to the Rajya Sabha. The Rajya Sabha can delay the passage of a money bill at the most for 14 days. The Rajya Sabha may reject the bill or may not take any action over the bill for a period of 14 days, in both these conditions the bill will be considered as passed. It will be sent to the President and he gives his assent to the bill. The President cannot use his veto power in case of money bill.

3. Control over the executive:
It is the Lok Sabha which controls the executive. The leader of the majority party in the Lok Sabha is the Prime Minister of the country. Most of the ministers are also taken from the Lok Sabha. The Cabinet is responsible to the Lok Sabha for all its actions and policies. The members of the Lok Sabha ask the ministers questions and supplementary questions and they are to answer these questions. The members of the Lok Sabha can criticise the functiuoning of the Cabinet. If the Lok Sabha passes a vote of no-confidence against the Cabinet, the Cabinet will have to resign. The Cabinet remains in office so long as it is supported by the majority of the members of the House.

4. Judicial Powers:
The Lok Sabha can start impeachment proceedings against the President of India. It investigates into the charges levelled against the Vice-President and gives its decision. It along with the Rajya Sabha passes a resolution for the removal of the judges from the High Court or the Supreme Court.

5. Electoral Functions:
The Lok Sabha participates in the election of the President. It has also the right to participate in the election of the Vice-President. The Lok Sabha elects a Speaker and a Deputy Speaker from amongst its members.

6. Amendment in the Constitution:
The resolution for amending the Constitution can be introduced in the Lok Sabha. In this field it enjoys equal powers with the Rajya Sabha.

Position Of The Lok Sabha:
Lok Sabha is the lower Chamber of the Parliament. Almost all its members are elected by the people. This Chamber is more important than the Rajya Sabha because it represents the nation. The Lok Sabha controls the ordinary and the money bills. No bill can be passed against the wishes of the Lok Sabha. The Lok Sabha has also control over the Cabinet. The Lok Sabha can remove the Cabinet by passing a vote of no-confidence’ or by rejecting the budget. The Lok Sabha is the most powerful, influential and an important part of the Parliament. In fact it is the Lok Sabha which exercises all the powers of the Parliament.

Question 5.
Discuss the election, powers and functions of the Speaker of the Lok Sabha.
Or
Discuss the functions of the Speaker of the Lok Sabha.
Or
Write a short note on the Speaker of the Lok Sabha.
Answer:
The Lok Sabha is presided over by the Speaker who is elected by the House from among its own members. The Speaker’s office is one of much dignity, honor and power. He enjoys supreme authority on the floor of the House. In order of precedence of the state, he ranks seventh and enjoys a status equal to that of the Chief Justice of India. In the absence of the Speaker or when the office of the Speaker is vacant the Deputy Speaker discharges the functions of the Speaker.

Election:
The Speaker of the Lok Sabha is elected by the members of the Lok Sabha. The Speaker must necessarily be a member of the Lok Sabha. The primary function of the newly-elected Lok Sabha is to elect a Speaker and a Deputy Speaker. The Speaker is elected by a simple majority which in reality means, by the party in power. But in practice Prime Minister, after consultations with the leaders of the opposition parties, decides a name for speakership.

Generally the speaker is taken from the ruling party while deputy speaker is taken from the opposition parties. On 22nd Oct, 1999, Mr. Ganti Mohan Chandra Balayogi of the Telugu Desam party backed by BJP and its allies was elected the speaker of Lok Sabha unanimously. On 19th June 2019. Sh. Om Birla, a senior leader of B.J.P. was elected the speaker of Lok Sabha unanimously.

Term of Office:
Normally, the Speaker is elected for a period of five years. However, he continues in office until a new Speaker is elected by the new House. The Speaker does not vacate his office even when the House is dissolved. The Speaker has to vacate his office if he ceases to be a member of the House. He can be elected to this office for the second time also. The Speaker can resign his office at any time. He can also be removed from his office by a resolution passed by a majority of all members on the roll of the Lok Sabha.

Fourteen days’ notice for moving such a resolution is required to be given. The Speaker cannot preside over a meeting of the House when the House is considering the resolution of his removal. He has, however, the right to sit in the House and defend himself. He has the right to vote also.

Salary and Allowances:
The salary and allowances of the Speaker are determined by the Parliament, and these are charged on the Consolidated Fund of India. These cannot be varied to his disadvantage during his term of office.

Powers and Functions of the Speaker:
The Speaker performs various functions and enjoys wide powers drawn partly from the Constitution and partly from the Rules of Procedure and Conduct of Business in Parliament, 1950: Following are the functions of the Speaker:

1. In consultation with the Leader of the House, he determines the order of business and the time to be allotted to the debates on the address of the President. He also prescribes the form in which amendments may be moved-to the motion of thanks to the address of the President.

2. He allows members to ask questions. He has also the power to disallow questions in case they are not in conformity with the Rules of the House.

3. Adjournment motions are moved with his consent. He also prescribes the time-limit for speeches on the motion.

4. The Speaker may allow the publication of a Bill in the Gazette of India upon a request from a member initiating the Bill even before the motion for leave to introduce the Bill has been made. In such a case it does not remain necessary to ask for leave of the House to introduce the Bill.

5. His consent is necessary for a motion to adjourn the debate on a bill.

6. He appoints the Chairman of the Select Committees. He himself is ex-officer Chairman of some vital Committees, such as Rules Committee, the Business Advisory Committee and the General Purpose Committee.

7. He allots time for the discussion on Budget.

8. He is the channel of communication between the President and the Parliament.

9. He decides about the admissibility of a motion in the House.

10. No member can address the House without his permission. He is also to see that no member makes an irrelevant speech and thereby wastes the time of the House.

11. All members have to address the chair, they cannot address each other.

12. If any member raises any point of order, it is for the Speaker to give his own ruling and his ruling is final and binding on all. No member can challenge his ruling.

13. He preserves order in the House. If the situation goes out of control he can adjourn or suspend the meeting of the House.

14. In case he finds the conduct of a member disorderly, he can order him to leave the House.

15. If a member disregards his authority in spite of warning, he can name him for suspension. In case a member does not leave the
House on the order of the Speaker, the Speaker can ask the Watch and Ward Staff to lift him bodily and remove him from the House.

16. He exercises control over the Visitors Gallery. It is he who regulates the admission of outsiders into the House. He can ask them to leave the House.

17. He puts questions to vote and announces the results.

18. He can order the expunging of a word or words used in debate from the proceedings of the House.

19. The Speaker conducts the business of the House. However, he cannot preside over the meeting of the House when the House is considering the resolution of the removal of the Speaker from office. But he has the right to sit, take part in the proceedings and defend himself. He has the right to vote also but he has no casting vote then.

20. Business of the Lok Sabha is valid only when the quorum of the House is complete. It is for the Speaker to see whether quorum is complete or not. If he finds that there is no quorum, he can suspend the business of the House till the required quorum is complete.

21. The Speaker is the guardian of the privileges of the members of Lok Sabha. He can insist that action must be taken against any one guilty of violating the privileges of the members of the House.

22. The Speaker is the custodian of the dignity of the House.

23. Before sending a Bill to Rajya Sabha or the President, he signs the Bill as a token of having been passed by the Lok Sabha.

24. It is for the Speaker to certify whether a particular Bill is a money-bill or not and his certificate is final on the point.

25. The Speaker has no right to vote in the first instance but he has the right to vote in case of a tie.

26. When the Speaker rises, others must sit down and must not leave when he addresses the House.

27. In case of a joint meeting of both the Houses on a disputed Bill, the Speaker of the Lok Sabha presides.

28. The Speaker represents the House and not the Government. For him the humblest back-bencher is no less than a Member and the greatest Minister is no more than a Member. He protects the members from the high-handedness of the Government. The Speaker can pull the Ministers up whenever answers given by them are not clear, adequate or deliberately postponed for no valid reason.

29. The Speaker also performs some important administrative functions. The Secretariat Staff of the Lok Sabha works directly under him.

Position of the Speaker:
The office of the Speaker is one of honour, dignity and authority. He presides over a House which is the pivot of all political activity. He symbolises the House and his authority. In the words of G. V. Mavlankar, “He is supreme in the House.” According to former Speaker Shri Hukam Singh, “Speaker is one of the highest offices in the land.” Shri L. K. Advani said in March 1977 that the Speaker or Chairman is an institution by himself.

In the Order of Precedence he is placed seventh and is bracketed with the Chief Justice of India. He interprets the Rules of the House and his ruling is final. Till today, the office of the Speaker has been occupied by very capable and illustrious personalities. They have enhanced the prestige of the Office. Shri G. V. Mavlankar was the first Speaker of the Lok Sabha.

According to late Pandit Nehru, “The Speaker represents the House, the freedom of the House, and because the House represents the nation, in a particular way, the Speaker becomes the symbol of the nation’s freedom and liberty. Therefore, it is right that his should be an honoured positon; a free position and should be occupied always by men of outstanding ability and impartiality.”

Question 6.
What are the different stages through which the budget passes? Discuss.
Or
Discuss the financial procedure allowed in the Indian Parliament.
Answer:
The Budget is known as the Annual Financial Statement. The Constitution provides that the President shall, in respect of every financial year, cause to be laid before both the Houses of Parliament a statement of the estimated receipts and expenditures of the Government of India for that year. “The President gets the Budget presented through the Finance Minister. The Budget shows the estimated receipts and expenditure for the ensuing year and is, thus the most important financial document.

In India the Budget is presented to the Parliament in two parts ; the Railway Budget and the General Budget. The Railway Budget deals exclusively with the income and expenditure relating to Railways. It is presented to Parliament by the Minister for Railways. The General Budget deals with the estimate of revenues and expenditure relating to all other Union Ministers and is presented by the Finance Minister. The two Budgets, however, are similar in form and are passed in the same manner.

The General Budget consists of the two parts-one of dealing with the expenditure and the other with the income side of the Union finances. The expenditure embodied in this Budget is divided into two parts:

Expenditure charged on the Consolidated Fund of India and
Other Expenditure. The expenditure charged on the Consolidated Fund of India is non-volatile. Either House of Parliament can discuss it but not vote on it.

The other expenditure is submitted in the form of demand for grants to the Lok Sabha. The Lok Sabha may assent or refuse to assent any demand or suggest reduction of the amount specified therein. It is voteable. The Lok Sabha cannot, however, suggest increase in the demand for grants. It is so because no demand for grant can be made except on the recommendation of the President.

Stages in Financial Legislation:
The Budget is presented to the Lok Sabha with the Budget Speech of the Finance Minister. The Budget Speech is one of the most important speeches made in Parliament. In his speech, the Finance Minister sums up the general positon of the country and outlines the economic and fiscal policy of the Government for the ensuing year.

Like ordinary bills, the Budget has also to pass through five stages. They are
1. introduction or presentation,
2. general discussion,
3. voting of demands,
4. consideration and passing of the Appropriation Bill and
5. consideraton and passing of the taxation proposals embodied in the Finance Bill.

1. Introduction of Budget in the Parliament:
It is the constitutional duty of the President to get the Budget prepared and cause to be laid before Parliament. The Budget is presented to the Lok Sabha by the Finance Minister with a speech known as the Budget Speech. The Budget Speech is a survey of the financial position of the country and the economic policy of the Government for the ensuing year. The copies of the Budget, thereafter, are printed and circulated amongst members. The Budget contains the estimates of receipt and expenditure. There can be no discussion on the Budget the day it is presented.

2. General Discussion on the Budget:
After the presentation of the Budget, its printed copies are circulated among members. Generally after three days a general discussion on the Budget is held. The general debate on the Budget is spread over three or four days. It is customary that the leaders of the Opposition initiate the discussion.

But at this stage the Houses discuss the Budget as a whole and any question of principle involved in it. No discussion of details is in order and no cut motions are allowed at this stage This stage also provides an opportunity for the discussion of the non-votage expenditure” charged on the Consolidated Fund of India.”

The debate offers an occasion for a general service of the administration and for ventilation of grievances. In the words of Morris-Jones: “It is an occasion on which each House is able to express its mood and the Government may learn how a particular proposal will be received in the subsequent stage.” This stage is, thus, an expression of the mood of the House. No vote is taken at this stage.

3. Voting of DemandL:
After the completion of general discussion on the Budget, the way is clear for the business of voting the grants. The voting of demands or grants is the exclusive privilege of the Lok Sabha. The Rajya Sabha has no share in it. The ‘demands’ are related to the ‘expenditure’ part of the Budget. They are in the nature of requests made by the Executive to the Lok Sabha for grant of outhority to spend the amounts asked for in order to run the administration.

Lok Sabha has the following powers in respect of each demand:

to assent to the i demand; or
to refuse it; or
to reduce it.

The Lok Sabha has no power to increase a demand because no demand for grant can be moved except on the i recommendation of the President.

4. Appropriation Bill:
When all demands for grants have been voted by the Lok Sabha, they are put together and along with charges of the Consolidated fund,
incorporated into what is known as the Appropriation Bill. The Appropriation bill is presented to the Lok Sabha and is passed in the same manner as any other Bill. The debate on the Bill is restricted to those points only which have not been discussed during the debates on estimates. No amendments to the grants as voted by the Lok Sabha previously or to the charges on the Consolidated Fund are followed. The allotment of time for the different stages of the Bill is determined by ! the Speaker. It does not take long for the Lok Sabha to pass the Appropriation Bin.

When the Appropriation Bill has been pssed by the Lok Sabha, it is certified by the Speaker as a Money Bill and is transmitted to the Rajya Sabha for its recommendations. It is open to the Lok Sabha to accept or reject the recommendation made by the Rajya Sabha. The Rajya Sabha has to return the ‘ Money Bill, with or without amendment, within 14 days of the receipt of the Bill.

In case the Lok Sabha does not agree with the recommendations of the Rajya Sabha or if the Rajya Sabha does not return the Bill within 14 days, it is deemed to have been passed by both the Houses in the form in which it was passed by the Lok Sabha. It is then sent to the President for his assent. The President must give his assent to the Money Bill. He can neither withhold his assent nor can he send the Bill back for reconsideration. The Appropriation Act authorises the Government to spend money as authorised in the Act. Without such an authority the Government cannot incur an expenditure.

5. Finance Bill:
A Finance Bill is that which embodies all the taxation proposals of the Government for the ensuring year. While the Appropriation Act authorises the Government to spend money as authorised in the Act, the Finance Bill deals with the legislation which authorises the raising of Funds through taxation as embodied in the financial proposals of the year. The Finance Bill has to go through three readings and the procedure followed is that of a Money Bill. The discussion of the Finance pill in the second reading is confined to general principles.

It is only in the Select Committee that the Bill is considered in details and amendments are moved. Clause by clause consideration of the Bill follows after the presentation of the Committee Report. There is one important difference between the Report Stage of Finance Bill and that of the Appropriation Bill. In the case of Appropriation Bill, no amendments can be moved. In that of the Finance Bill amendments seeking to reject or reduce a tax can be moved. Sometimes the Cabinet voluntarily agrees with the opposition in the reduction of a tax. But if a cut motion is carried against the opposition of the Government, it means a lack of confidence in the Government. In that case the Government has to resign.

As soon as the Finance Bill is passed by the Lok Sabha, it is certified by the Speaker as Money Bill and is sent to the Rajya Sabha for its recommendations. The Rajya Sabha has to return the Finance Bill, with or without recommendations within 14 days. The Lok Sabha may or may not agree with the recommendations made by the Rajya Sabha. After the expiry of 14 days the Finance Bill is sent to the President for his assent. He cannot refuse his assent.

Question 7.
How does a bill become an Act in the Indian Parliament?
Or
Describe the various stages through which the budget passes. Discuss.
Answer:
What is a Bill? The Parliament frames laws for the country. Any member of the House can introduce a resolution for the purpose of making a law. That resolution is to be introduced in the House in a special form and the resolution which is placed before the House in a special form is called a bill. Hence, the resolutions which are introduced in the Parliament for the purpose of making laws or changing old laws or amending the Constitution are called bills. The bill is passed by both the Houses and then it is sent to the President for his assent, and then it becomes a law. But before the Bill becomes a law, it is to pass through so many stages.

Kinds of Bill:
The Constitution divides Bills into two categories i.e., Money Bills and Non- Money Bills. The bills which are introduced in the Parliament by the ministers are called government bills. The bills which are introduced in the House by ordinary members of the House are called Private Members’ bills. Government bills are of two types, money bills and ordinary bills. A money bill is concerned with the imposition of taxes and the expenditure of amount thus collected.

The bill is to pass through so many stages before it becomes a law. The bill is discussed and debated thoroughly in these stages. These stages are mentioned as follows:
1. Introduction of the Bill:
An ordinary bill can be introduced in any House and by any member of the House. But a member can introduce the bill in the same House of which he is a member. The mover of the bill is to give a notice to this effect a month earlier. The admission of the notice brings a particular bill in the agenda or ‘the order of the day’.

There is no need for the ministers to give a month’s notice for the purpose. The agenda of the House or the programme of the House is prepared by the Cabinet and they can fix the date of the introduction of their bills. Money Bills can only be introduced in the Lok Sabha and not in the Rajya Sabha. Money Bills can only be introduced by the ministers and not by the ordinary members of the House.

On the fixed date the mover of the bills seeks the permission of the House for moving the bill and it is very much a formality. On getting the permission of the House he only reads the title of the bill. After this he gives a copy of the bill to the clerk of the House. It is called the introduction of the bill. The bill is sent to the Gazette of India for publication and its copies are distributed among the members of the House. The government bills can be published in the Government Gazette even without introducing them in the House and this method has been generally adopted.

2. First Reading:
After the introduction there is a first reading of the bill. Sometimes there is a first reading of the bill just after the introductory stage. Sometimes another date is fixed for the first reading of the bill. On the fixed date the mover of the bill stands up at his place and requests that the bill should be read for the first time. On getting permission of the House he explains the main principles and objectes of the bill.

After this other members of the House express their opinions in favour of and against the bill. The bill at this stage is not debated and discussed in detail, only the objects and the main principles involved are discussed. Then the mover of the bill puts a resolution that the bill be sent to a Select Committee. Three decisions can be taken on such a resolution:

The bill should be sent to a Select Committee for giving its report on the bill.
The bill should be sent to the press and states for propaganda and public opinion should be elicited. The people send their views in favour or against the bill to the Parliament.
If the majority is opposed to the bill, it is dropped. Most of the bills of private members are rejected at this stage, if they are not supported by the Cabinet.

3. Select Committee:
If the bill is not rejected in the first reading, it is sent to a Select Committee. The committee consists of 20 to 30 members which are taken from among members of the House. The bill which is published for eliciting public opinion is also sent to the Select Committee. The members of the Select Committee discuss the bill in detail and debate the merits and demerits of the bill. The Committee can suggest amendments in the provisions of clauses of the bill.

After discussing the bill thoroughly the committee prepares its report in favour of or against the bill or suggests some amendments in the bill. While preparing the report the committee takes into consideration public opinion also. Then the committee sends its report to the House.

4. Second Reading:
A day is fixed for discussing the report of the Select Committee on the bill. The mover of the bill on the fixed date requests the House that the report of the Select Committee on the bill may be discussed. The House discusses the bill in detail. The bill is discussed clause by clause and item by item. The views of the Select Committee on all clauses are discussed. The members of the Houses can suggest amendments in the bill. After the bill is seriously discussed the opinion of the House is sought on each clause and amendment proposals are also put to vote. The bill is passed according to the viewpoint of the majority of the members. This stage is very important in the passage of the bill.

5. Third Reading:
After the bill is passed in the second reading, another date is fixed for the third reading of the bill. This is the last stage in the passage of the bill. Like the first stage there is not much of discussion on the bill at this stage also. There is a little chance of the rejection of the bill at this stage. At this stage the proposals for amending the bill cannot be moved. Only proposals for change in the working of the bill can be given. The entire bill is put to vote at this stage and it is either rejected or passed.

Bill in the Second House:
After the bill is passed by one House, it is sent to the second House. It is to pass through all the stages in this House. After the ordinary bill is passed by both the Houses it is sent to the President for his assent. If the two houses differ over a particular bill, a joint meeting of the two Houses is called for and the bill is placed before it. The joint meeting of the two Houses decides the fate of the bill by a majority vote. As the Lok Sabha is a larger body compared with the Rajya Sabha, hence the bill is passed according to the wishes of the Lok Sabha.

The Rajya Sabha can delay the passage of a money bill at the most for 14 days. If the Rajya Sabha rejects the money bill or does not take any action for 14 days, under both these conditions the money bill is considered passed.

Assent of the President. After the bill is passed by both the Houses, it is sent to the President for his assent. The President cannot refuse to give his assent to the money bill. In case of ordinary bill the President can make use of his veto power, that means that the President can refuse to give his assent to the ordinary bills.

However, the President may return a Bill to the Parliament. If the Parliament passes such a bill again, the President cannot withhold his assent to such a bill. The bill becomes an Act when the President gives his assent to it. It can be enforced after the President’s assent has been taken. It is published in the Government Gazette.

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Explain in brief the composition of the Union Legislature or Parliament.
Answer:
The Union Legislature or the Parliament of India is a bi-cameral legislature. According to Article 79 of the Constitution, there shall be Parliament for the Union which shall consist of President and two houses respectively, known as the Council of the States and the House of the People. Council of the States or the Rajya Sabha is the Upper House of the Parliament.

It can have at the most 250 members in it. This is a permanent house. 1/3 of its members retire after every two years. Lok Sabha is the lower house of the Parliament. It can have at the most 550 elected members. The members of the Lok Sabha are elected for 5 years. The President of India can dissolve the Lok Sabha on the advice of Council of Ministers before the expiry of its term.

Question 2.
Discuss any four features of Indian Parliament.
Answer:

Indian Parliament is Bi-cameral.
Upper House of the Parliament is permanent.
Lower house of the Parliament can be dissolved before its expiry term.
The membership of both the houses is not equal.

Question 3.
What are the main functions and powers of Parliament?
Answer:
Following are the main functions and powers of the Parliament-

The Parliament has the power to enact laws for the whole of the country.
The Parliament controls the Cabinet and Cabinet is responsible to the parliament.
The Parliament controls the finance of the State and it passes the budget.
The Parliament formulates national and foreign policies of the country.

Question 4.
Explain the executive powers of the Parliament.
Or
How does Indian Parliament control the executive?
Answer:
The Parliament controls the executive in the following ways:
1. The Prime Minister and the other ministers are taken from the Parliament and after becoming ministers, they remain the members of the Parliament. They participate in the meetings of the Parliament.

2. The ministers are responsible to the Parliament for their actions and policies.

3. The members of the Parliament can ask the ministers questions regarding the functioning of the administration. The ministers are to give satisfactory replies to all these questions.

4. The members of the Parliament by introducing ‘Adjournment Motion’ can invite the attention of the government ti!> a serious problem or event.

5. During discussion on budget the members of the Parliament discuss the working of different departments of the government and criticize the policies of the government.

6. The Cabinet continues to remain in office according to the wishes of the Lok Sabha. It can seek the removal of the Cabinet by passing a no-confidence motion against it or by rejecting an important government bill or by passing a resolution for reducing the salary of a particular minister. The bill is sent to a small committee which discusses the bill in detail and then sends it with amendments, if any. In second reading, there is clause by clause discussion. Then the bill is put to vote. After the bill is passed it is sent to the other House. The bill passes through similar stages in the other House and is then sent to the president for his assent. After his signature the bill becomes an Act.

Question 5.
Discuss the legislative powers of the Parliament.
Answer:
The Parliament has the right to frame laws for the whole of the country. It can frame laws on the subjects mentioned in the Union List and Concurrent List. Under certain special circumstances the Parliament gets the right to frame laws on the subjects mentioned in the State List.

The Parliament frames laws on State subjects for Union Territories. The Rajya Sabha can transfer a State subject in favor of the Centre for the purpose of making laws. In case of the proclamation of emergency by the President, the Parliament can legislate on State subjects. The Residuary powers are under the control of the Central Government and so Parliament frames laws on all the residuary subjects.

Question 6.
Discuss in brief the judicial powers of the Parliament.
Answer:
Following are the judicial powers of the Parliament:

The Parliament can remove the President from office through impeachment.
The Parliament can also remove the Vice-President from office.
The Parliament can remove the judges of the High Courts and the Supreme Court by passing a resolution to that effect.

Question 7.
What are the qualifications to become a member of the Parliament?
Answer:

He must be a citizen of India.
He must have completed the age of 25 years in case of Lok Sabha and 30 years in case of Rajya Sabha.
He must not hold any office of profit.
He must possess qualifications laid down by the Parliament of India.
He must not be of unsound mind and should not have been declared disqualified by a competent court.

Question 8.
Write the composition of the Rajya Sabha.
Answer:
According to the constitution the maximum strength of the Rajya Sabha has been put at 250 members. Out of 250 members, 12 members are nominated by the President. These members shall consist of persons having special knowledge or practical experience in literature, science, art and social service.

The remaining 238 members represent the States and the Union Territories. The representatives of the States are elected by the elected members of their Legislative Assemblies in accordance with the system of proportional representation by means of the single transferable vote.

At present the Rajya Sabha has 245 members. Out of 245 members, 233 members represent the states and Union Territories and the remaining 12 members have been nominated by the President.

Question 9.
What are the qualifications of a member of the Rajya Sabha?
Answer:

He must be a citizen of India.
He must have completed 30 years of age.
He must possess such other qualifications as prescribed by the Parliament.
He must be a parliamentary elector in the state from which he is seeking election and must have been residing in the state for the last six months.
He should not hold any office of profit under the government of India or any State government.

Question 10.
Mention the powers of the Chairman of the Rajya Sabha.
Answer:
The Indian Vice-President is the ex-officio Chairman of the Rajya Sabha. As Chairman of the Rajya Sabha, he performs the following functions:

He presides over the meetings of the Rajya Sabha.
He preserves order in the House. If the situation goes out of control he can adjourn or suspend the meeting of the Rajya Sabha.
He allows the members to speak.
As he is not a member of the Rajya Sabha, he is not allowed to vote, but in case of equality of votes he has a casting vote.

Question 11.
Describe the legislative powers of the Rajya Sabha.
Answer:
The Rajya Sabha is an integral part of the Indian Parliament. Since the main responsibility of the Parliament is to make laws, hence the Rajya Sabha takes part in the making of laws. Except Money Bills, all bills can originate in the Rajya Sabha. No Bill can become a law unless agreed to by both the Houses.

In case of disagreement between the two Houses on a Bill or on the amendments made in the Bill, the President has been empowered to summon a joint meeting of the two Houses for the purpose of deliberating and voting on the Bill. At a joint sitting, questions are decided by a majority of the members of both houses present and voting. A decision taken at the joint sitting shall mean the decision of both Houses.

Question 12.
Explain in brief the financial powers of the Rajya Sabha.
Answer:
In financial matters, it is the Lok Sabha which enjoys a pre-eminent position. No Money Bill can first be introduced in the Rajya Sabha. It is the privilege of the Lok Sabha to pass the Money Bill first and send it to the Rajya Sabha. The Lok Sabha is not bound to accept the recommendations made by the Rajya Sabha. In case the Lok Sabha rejects the recommendations of the Rajya Sabha, the Bill is deemed to have been passed by both Houses in the form in which it was passed by the Lok Sabha.

Likewise, if the Rajya Sabha does not return the Money Bill to the Lok Sabha within 14 days, it will be considered to have been passed by both Houses in the form in which it was passed by the Lok Sabha. Thus, the Lok Sabha possesses complete control over the purse of the nation.

Question 13.
Write down the judicial powers of the Rajya Sabha.
Answer:
The Rajya Sabha enjoys co-equal powers with the Lok Sabha in the process of impeachment of the President. In the removal of the Vice-President, a resolution to that effects can be moved in the Rajya Sabha only. But the Lok Sabha must agree with that resolution if the Vice-President is to be removed from the office. Likewise, it has itjentical powers with the Lok Sabha in the matter of removal of a judge of the Supreme Court or a High Court.

Question 14.
Describe the constitutional powers of the Rajya Sabha.
Answer:
The Rajya Sabha exercises constituent functions alongwith the Lok Sabha. A Bill to amend the Constitution may originate in either House of the parliament. And the Bill amending the Constitution is required to be passed in each House by a majority of its total membership and by a majority of two-thirds of its members present and voting. The Constitution is silent on how to resolve a dead-lock between the two Houses.

Question 15.
Mention special powers of the Rajya Sabha.
Answer:
Under the Constitution, the Rajya Sabha has been vested with special powers enumerated in the state list.
1. Under Article 249, the Rajya Sabha may declare by resolution, passed by two- thirds majority of its members present and voting, that it is necessary or expedient in the national interest that the Parliament should make laws with respect to any matter enumerated in the State List.

2. Under Article 312 of the Constitution, the Rajya Sabha is empowered to create one or more All-India Services, if the house passes a resolution by not less than two-thirds of the members present and voting that it is necessary or expedient in the national interest to do so.

3. Rajya Sabha alone can initiate the proposal for removing the Vice-President.

Question 16.
What are the previleges of the members of Rajya Sabha?
Answer:
The members of the Rajya Sabha enjoy following previleges:

The members of the Rajya Sabha enjoy unrestricted freedom to express their views on the floor of the house. No action can be taken against them for the expression of their views.
The members of the Rajya Sabha can’t be arrested for any civil offence during and 40 days before and after the session.

Question 17.
Describe the organisation of the Lok Sabha.
Answer:
According to the re-organisation of Goa, Daman and Diu Act of 1987 the maximum elected members of the Lok Sabha can’be 550. members. Two members of Anglo-Indian Community can be appointed by the President. At present Lok Sabha consists of 545 members.

Out of 545 members 543 are directly elected by the people. The members of Lok Sabha are elected by single member constituency. The whole country is divided into equal constituencies. Every citizen whose name is on the voter’s list can cast his vote. A candidate getting highest votes is declared elected.

Question 18.
Describe the qualifications to become a member of the Lok Sabha.
Answer:

He must be a citizen of India.
He must have completed 25 years of age.
He must not hold any office of profit under the Government of India or the Government of any State.
He must possess such other qualifications as may be prescribed by the Parliament.
No person can be a member of both Houses of Parliament. In case he becomes, he must vacate one of the two seats. Likewise, one person cannot be a member of a House of Parliament and of a State Legislature simultaneously.

Question 19.
How are the members of Lok Sabha elected?
Answer:
The members of the Lok Sabha are elected directly by the people. Every citizen of India of not less than 18 years has the right to vote provided, of course, he or she is not otherwise disqualified on grounds of unsoundness of mind, crime or corrupt or illegal practice. The voting is by secret ballot. Normally one member represents a population between 5 to 714 lakhs.

As per constitution, there shall be allotted to each State a number of seats in Lok Sabha in such a manner that the ratio between the population of the State as far as practicable, is same for all the States. Each State shall be divided into territorial constituencies in such a manner that the ratio between the population of each constituency and number of seats allotted to it, as far as practicable, is the same throughout the State.

Question 20.
Define in brief the tenure of the Lok Sabha.
Answer:
The life of the Lok Sabha is five years. All the members are chosen at one and at the same time. Unlike the election to the Rajya Sabha where 1/3 members retire every two years, all the members of the Lok Sabha are elected for a period of five years. However, the President can dissolve the Lok Sabha even before the expiry of its term i.e. five years.

Question 21.
Write in brief the privileges of the members of the Lok Sabha.
Answer:
Members of the Lok Sabha enjoy certain privileges:

Members have full freedom for speech in the House. No case can be started against a member for a speech given in the House.
Members cannot be arrested in any civil suit before 40 days of the beginning of the session.
During the session, a member can be arrested in criminal cases only but information must be given to the speaker.
Members get monthly salary and many other allowances.

Question 22.
Describe the legislative powers of the Lok Sabha.
Answer:
Any type of bill can be introduced in the Lok Sabha. Laws in it, can be -framed on any subject given on the Union list and the concurrent list. The Rajya Sabha can transfer any subject on the State List by passing a resolution in favour of the Centre and Lok Sabha can pass a law on the subject. Rajya Sabha can transfer a subject only in case of national importance.

After the bill is passed by the Lok Sabha, it is sent to the Rajya Sabha and it can delay the bill at the most for 6 months. If the Rajya Sabha rejects the bill or does not take any action over it for a period of six months, a joint session of the two, Houses of the Parliament is called and the majority vote decides the fate of the bill. As the number of the members of the Lok Sabha is larger than that of the Rajya Sabha, so the members of the Lok Sabha can get the bills passed according to its own wishes.

Question 23.
Discuss about the Financial powers of the Parliament.
Answer:
The Parliament controls the finances of the State. The goverenment places the budget before the start of the financial year. The Parliament discusses the budget and gives its assent to the bill. The government can neither impose any tax upon the public nor can it spend the money without the approval of the Parliament. The President will have to give his assent to the money bill passed by the Parliament.

Question 24.
Write down the executive powers of the Lok Sabha.
Or
How does Lok Sabha controls the Executive?
Answer:
It is the Lok Sabha which controls the executive. The leader of the majority party in the Lok Sabh is the Prime Minister of the country. Most of the ministers are also taken from the Lok Sabha. The Cabinet is responsible to the Lok Sabha for all its actions and policies.

The members of the Lok Sabha ask the ministers questions and supplementary questions and they are to answer these questions. The members of the Lok Sabha can criticize the functioning of the Cabinet. If the Lok Sabha passes a vote of no-confidence against the Cabinet, the Cabinet will have to resign. The Cabinet remains in office till it is supported by the majority of the members of the House.

Question 25.
Discuss the financial powers of the Lok Sabha.
Answer:
The Lok Sabha controls the finances of the state. As money bill can only be introduced in the Lok Sabha and not in the Rajya Sabha. If there is a difference of opinion whether a particular bill a money bill or a non-money bill, the decision of the speaker of the Lok Sabha will.be final.

After a money bill is passed by the Lok Sabha, it is sent to the Rajya Sabha. The Rajya Sabha can delay the passage of a money bill at the most for 14 days. The Rajya Sabha may reject the bill or may not take any action over the bill for a period of 14 days, in both these conditions the bill will be considered as passed. It will be sent to the President and he gives his assent to the bill. The President cannot use his veto power in case of money bill.

Question 26.
Who is the speaker?
Answer:
The speaker is the presiding officer of the Lok Sabha. He is elected by the members of the Lok Sabha from among themselves. The Speaker presides over the meetings of the House; maintains order in the House and conducts the business of the House in accordance with the Rules of the House. The Constitution also provides for the office of the Deputy

Speaker:
He too is the member of the House and is elected by the members of the Lok Sabha from among themselves. The Deputy Speaker performs the duties of the speaker when the latter is absent or while the office of the Speaker is vacant.

Question 27.
Who is the Chairman of Lok Sabha? List his four main functions.
Answer:
Chairman of Lok Sabha is popularly known as Speaker. He performs ahead functions:

Preserve Order: He presides over the meetings of the House and preserves order in the House. If the situation goes out of control he can adjourn or suspend the meeting of the House.
Money-Bill: He decides whether a bill is a money-bill.
Guardian of Rights: He is the guardian of the privileges of the member of Lok Sabha.
Joint Meetings: He presides over the joint meetings of both the Houses of Parliament.

Question 28.
How is the Lok Sabha more powerful than the Rajya Sabha?
Answer:
Lok Sabha is more powerful because

The members of Lok Sabha are directly elected while the members of house of Rajya Sabha are indirectly elected.
Money bill cannot be introduced in Rajya Sabha. It originates in the Lok Sabha only. It is sent for recommendation to Rajya Sabha and not for passing. If Rajya Sabha returns it after 14 days it is assumed as passed.
Lok Sabha controls the executive whereas Rajya Sabha has no effective control over the executive.

Question 29.
Explain the relationship between Lok Sabha and Rajya Sabha.
Answer:
Lok Sabha is a lower house while Rajya Sabha is a upper house of the Parliament. Both the houses do not enjoy equal powers. Lok Sabha is more powerful than the Rajya Sabha. Ordinary bills can originate in either House of Parliament. Rajya Sabha can delay an ordinary bill maximum for a period of six months. Money bill can originate in the Lok Sabha only. Rajya Sabha can delay the money bill for 14 days only.

In the matters of finance the powers of the Rajya Sabha are insignificant. Members of the Rajya Sabha can ask questions to the ministers and they can criticise the policies of the government but they are having no power to remove the Council of Ministers. The Lok Sabha can remove the Council of Ministers by passing a vote of no-confidence against the Council of Ministers. Thus Lok Sabha is having a real control over the government.

Question 30.
Narrate the circumstances under which a joint session of the Parliament is summoned. Who presides over this?
Answer:
The President summons the joint session of the Parliament on the following occasions:

Joint session of the Parliament is summoned to resolve the conflict between the two Houses of the Parliament.
Joint session is summoned when a bill is passed by one House and is rejected by the other. The speaker of the Lok Sabha presides over the joint session of the Parliament.

Question 31.
What is the difference between the election of Lok Sabha and the Rajya Sabha?
Answer:
The members of Lok Sabha are elected directly by the people. Every citizen of India of not less than 18 years of age has the right to vote. From each territorial constituency one member is elected and the candidate getting the highest votes in the election is declared elected. The members of the Rajya Sabha are elected by the elected members of the state Assemblies.

Question 32.
What is understood by Adjournment Motion?
Answer:
An adjournment motion is a proposal for postponing the normal business of the House in order to discuss a matter of urgent public importance such as a serious riot, a case of police firing on a procession or a grave railway accident and so on.

The real object of an adjournment motion is to bring to light the inefficiency or corruption of the administration and the mistakes of policy of which the government is considered to be guilty. Such a motion can be moved any time provided the presiding officer of the House is satisfied of its urgent public nature. When such a motion is moved, the House suspends its normal work.

Question 33.
What do you understand by Question Hour?
Answer:
Members of Parliament are free to ask questions to elicit information on matters of public concern from ministers of the government. The First hour of every sitting in both houses is devoted to asking and answering of questions. It is known as the ‘Question Hour’.

During this hour, matters concerning the Government of India are raised and problems are brought to the notice of the government to seek their intervention to meet any situation and to redress public grievances. ‘Question Hour’ forms the most interesting part of the Parliamentary procedure. The government is put on trial during this hour.

Question 34.
What do you understand by ‘Zero Hour’?
Answer:
The time immediately following the ‘Question Hour’ in both Houses has come to be populary known as ‘Zero Hour’. It is a Zero Hour in more than one sense. It is a non¬existent hour. If starts at 12 noon which is the zero hour of the day. It came to be called an Hour also because very often it continued for one full hour, until the House rose for lunch at 1 p.m. In the rules there is no mention of any Zero Hour at all. It is the press that gave the name Zero Hour, sometimes in the early sixties. In the eyes of Rules Book the so called Zero Hour is an irregular affair. But, as thing can, Zero Hour seems to have come to say.

Question 35.
What is money bill?
Answer:
A money bill is that which contains provisions dealing with all or any of the following matters:

the imposition, abolition, remission, alternation or regulation of any tax.
the regulation of the borrowing of money or creation on any financial obligation to be undertaken by the Government in India.
payment of money into or withdrawal of money from the consolidated Fund or the Contingency Fund of India.
appropriation of money out of the Consolidated Fund of India.
the declaring of any expenditure to be expenditure charged on the Consolidated Fund of India of the amount of. any such expenditure.
receipt of money on account of the public account of India and the audit of accounts and incidental matter.

Question 36.
Describe the law-making procedure in the Parliament of India.
Answer:
The Parliament is the supreme body of making laws. Ordinary bills can be introduced in either House of Parliament. In the first reading, general principles involved in the bill are read. After first reading the bill is sent to small committee which discusses the bill in detail and then sends it with amendments if any. In second reading, there is clause by clause discussion. Then the bill is put to vote. After bill is passed it is sent to other House. The bill passes through similar stages in the other House and is then sent to the President for his assent. After his signature the bill becomes an act.

Question 37.
Write down the name of Speaker of Lok Sabha and Chairman and Vice-Chairman of Rajya Sabha.
Answer:

Name of Post	Name of Person
1. Speaker of Lok Sabha	Sh. Om Birla
2. Chairman of.Rajya Sabha	Sh. Venkaiah Naidu
3. Vice-Chairman of Rajya Sabha	Sh. Harivansh Narayan Singh

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Explain in brief the composition of the Union Legislature or Parliament.
Answer:
The Union Legislature or the Parliament of India is a bi-cameral legislature. Council of the States or the Rajya Sabha is the Upper House of the Parliament. It can have at the most 250 members in it. This is a permanent house. Lok Sabha is the lower house of the Parliament. It can have at the most 550 elected members. The members of the Lok Sabha are elected for 5 years. The President of India can dissolve the Lok Sabha on the advice of Council of Ministers before the expiry of its term.

Question 2.
Explain any two features of Indian Parliament.
Answer:

Indian Parliament is Bi-cameral.
Upper House of the Parliament is permanent.

Question 3.
What are the main functions and powers of Parliament?
Answer:
Following are the main functions and powers of the Parliament-

The Parliament has the power to enact laws for the whole of the country.
The Parliament controls the,Cabinet and Cabinet is responsible to the parliament.

Question 4.
How does Indian Parliament control the executive?
Answer:
The Parliament controls the executive in the following ways:

The Prime Minister and the other ministers are taken from the Parliament and after becoming ministers, they remain the members of the Parliament. They participate in the meetings of the Parliament.
The ministers are responsible to the Parliament for their actions and policies.

Question 5.
Explain the legislative powers of the Parliament.
Answer:
The Parliament has the right to frame laws for the whole of the country. It can frame laws on the subjects mentioned in the Union List and Concurrent List. Under certain special circumstances the Parliament gets the right to frame laws on the subjects mentioned in the State List. The Parliament frames laws on State subjects for Union Territories.

Question 6.
Discuss in brief the judicial powers of the Parliament.
Answer:
Following are the judicial powers of the Parliament:

The Parliament can remove the President from office through impeachment.
The Parliament can also remove the Vice-President from office.

Question 7.
What are the qualifications to become a member of the Parliament?
Answer:

He must be a citizen of India.
He must have completed the age of 25 years in case of Lok Sabha and 30 years in case of Rajya Sabha.

Question 8.
Write the composition of the Rajya Sabha.
Answer:
According to the constitution the maximum strength of the Rajya Sabha has been put at 250 members. Out of 250 members, 12 members are nominated by the President. The remaining 238 members represent the States and the Union Territories. At present the Rajya Sabha has 245 members. Out of 245 members, 233 members represent the states and Union Territories and the remaining 12 members have been nominated by the President.

Question 9.
What are the qualifications of a member of the Rajya Sabha?
Answer:

He must be a citizen of India.
He must have completed 30 years of age.

Question 10.
Discuss the powers of the Chairman of the Rajya Sabha.
Answer:
The Indian Vice-President is the ex-officio Chairman of the Rajya Sabha. As Chairman of the Rajya Sabha, he performs the following functions:

He presides over the meetings of the Rajya Sabha.
He preserves order in the House. If the situation goes out of control he can adjourn or suspend the meeting of the Rajya Sabha.

Question 11.
Mention special powers of the Rajya Sabha.
Answer:
Under the Constitution, the Rajya Sabha has been vested with special powers enumerated in the state list.
1. Under Article 249, the Rajya Sabha may declare by resolution, passed by two- thirds majority of its members present and voting, that it is necessary or expedient in the national interest that the Parliament should make laws with respect to any matter enumerated in the State List.

2. Rajya Sabha alone can initiate the proposal for removing the Vice-President.

Question 12.
Explain previleges of the members of Rajya Sabha?
Answer:
The members of the Rajya Sabha enjoy following previleges:

The members of the Rajya Sabha enjoy unrestricted freedom to express their views on the floor of the house. No action can be taken against them for the expression of their views.
The members of the Rajya Sabha can’t be arrested for any civil offence during and 40 days before and after the session.

Question 13.
Describe the organisation of the Lok Sabha.
Answer:
Elected members of the Lok Sabha can be 550 members. Two members of Anglo- Indian Community can be appointed by the President. At present Lok Sabha consists of 545 members. Out of 545 members 543 are directly elected by the people. The members of Lok Sabha are elected by single member constituency. A candidate getting highest votes is declared elected.

Question 14.
Describe the qualifications to become a member of the Lok Sabha.
Answer:

He must be a citizen of India
He must have completed 25 years of age.

Question 15.
What is the tenure of the Lok Sabha?
Answer:
The life of the Lok Sabha is five years. All the members are chosen at one and at the same time. Unlike the election to the Rajya Sabha where 1/3 members retire every two years, all the members of the Lok Sabha are elected for a period of five years. However, the President can dissolve the Lok Sabha even before the expiry of its term i.e. five years.

Question 16.
Write down the executive powers of the Lok Sabha.
Answer:
It is the Lok Sabha which controls the executive. The members of the Lok Sabha ask the ministers questions and supplementary questions and they are to answer these questions. If the Lok Sabha passes a vote of no-confidence against the Cabinet, the Cabinet will have to resign. The Cabinet remains in office till it is supported by the majority of the members of the House.

Question 17.
Explain the financial powers of the Lok Sabha.
Answer:
The Lok Sabha controls the finances of the state. As money bill can only be introduced in the Lok Sabha and not in the Rajya Sabha. After a money bill is passed by the Lok Sabha, it is sent to the Rajya Sabha. The Rajya Sabha can delay the passage of a money bill at the most for 14 days. The Rajya Sabha may reject the bill or may not take any action over the bill for a period of 14 days, in both these conditions the bill will be considered as passed. It will be sent to the President and he gives his assent to the bill.

Question 18.
Who is the speaker?
Answer:
The speaker is the presiding officer of the Lok Sabha. He is elected by the members of the Lok Sabha from among themselves. The Speaker presides over the meetings of the House; maintains order in the House and conducts the business of the House in accordance with the Rules of the House.

Question 19.
Write down any two functions of Speaker.
Answer:
Chairman of Lok Sabha is popularly known as Speaker. He performs functions given ahead:

Preserve Order. He presides over the meetings ofeihe House and preserves order in the House. If the situation goes out of control he can adjourn or suspend the meeting of the House.
Money-Bill. He decides whether a bill is a money-bill.

Question 20.
How is the Lok Sabha more powerful than the Rajya Sabha?
Answer:

The members of Lok Sabha are directly elected while the members of house of Rajya Sabha are indirectly elected.
Money bill cannot be introduced in Rajya Sabha. It originates in the Lok Sabha only. It is sent for recommendation to Rajya Sabha and not for passing. If Rajya Sabha returns it after 14 days it is assumed as passed.

One Word to One Sentence Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Name the two Houses of Indian Parliament.
Answer:

Lok Sabha
Rajya Sabha.

Question 2.
Which one House of the Union Parliament is more powerful?
Answer:
Lok Sabha is more powerful than Rajya Sabha.

Question 3.
How many members can be nominated in Lok Sabha by the President?
Answer:
Two members from Anglo-Indian Community.

Question 4.
How many members can be nominated in Rajya Sabha by the President?
Answer:
12 members are nominated in Rajya Sabha from amongst the scholars, artists and social workers.

Question 5.
How are members of Lok Sabha elected?
Answer:
The members of Lok Sabha are elected directly by the people. Every citizen of 18 years and above has a right to vote.

Question 6.
What is the total strength of Rajya Sabha?
Answer:
The maximum strength, of Rajya Sabha can be 250.

Question 7.
For what PAC stands?
Answer:
Public Accounts Committee.

Question 8.
What is the present strength of Lok Sabha?
Answer:
The Lok Sabha consists of 545 members- 543 elected and 2 nominated Anglo- Indian.

Fill in The Blanks

1. ……………. presides over the joint session of the Parliament.
Answer:
Speaker

2. Cabinet is responsible to ……………. .
Answer:
Parliament

3. The candidate constituting for ……………. should not be less than 25 years.
Answer:
Lok Sabha

4. ……………. members are nominated by the President in Rajya Sabha.
Answer:
12

5. The candidate constituting for ……………. should not be less than 30 years.
Answer:
Rajya Sabha.

True or False statement

1. Two members are nominated by the President in the Rajya Sabha.
Answer:
False

2. The session of the Indian Parliament are held at least twice a year.
Answer:
True

3. Vice-President presiding Officer of the Lok Sabha.
Answer:
False

4. The budget is introduced in Lok Sabha by Finance Minister.
Answer:
True

5. President presides over the Lok Sabha.
Answer:
False

Choose The Correct Answer

Question 1.
The Indian Parliament is:
(A) Uni-cameral
(B) Three Houses
(C) Bi-cameral
(D) Four Houses.
Answer:
(C) Bi-cameral

Question 2.
The Lower House of the Indian Parliament is known as:
(A) Rajya Sabha
(B) Lok Sabha
(C) Legislative Assembly
(D) Council of States.
Answer:
(B) Lok Sabha

Question 3.
The Upper House of the Indian Parliament is known as:
(A) Lok Sabha
(B) Rajya Sabha
(C) Council of ministers
(D) Legislative Council.
Answer:
(B) Rajya Sabha

Question 4.
The tenure of the members of the Rajya Sabha is:
(A) 5 years
(B) 4 years
(C) 6 years
(D) 3 years.
Answer:
(C) 6 years

Question 5.
Who is the presiding officer of the Rajya Sabha?
(A) Prime Minister
(B) Vice-President
(C) President
(D) Speaker.
Answer:
(B) Vice-President

Question 6.
Speaker is elected for a period of:
(A) 5 years
(B) 6 years
(C) 7 years
(D) 4 years.
Answer:
(A) 5 years

Question 7.
The tenure of the Lok Sabha in normal times is:
(A) 6 years
(B) 5 years
(C) 4 years
(D) 3 years.
Answer:
(B) 5 years

Question 8.
How many members are nominated by the president in Lok Sabha?
(A) 12 Members
(B) 3 Members
(C) 18 Members
(D) 2 Members.
Answer:
(D) 2 Members.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Sentence Connectors (Conjunctions)

February 16, 2024February 15, 2024 by Prasanna

Punjab State Board PSEB 10th Class English Book Solutions English Grammar Sentence Connectors (Conjunctions) Exercise Questions and Answers, Notes.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Sentence Connectors (Conjunctions)

Complete the following sentences by putting sentence connectors in the blank spaces.

Note : Answer Key has been given at the end of the exercises.

1. (1) ………….. I was young, I used to travel a lot. (2) …………… now I am old (3) …………… it is difficult for me to show as much zeal (4) ……………. I had in my youth. (5) ……………. I can still do many things, there are certain things (6) ……………. are beyond my reach now.
Answer:
1. When 2. But 3. and 4. as 5. While 6. which.

2. (1) …………… did I reach the station (2) …………… the train left. I do not know (3) ……………. it happened with me. (4) .. ……….. I narrated the incident to my mother, she was disappointed to hear it. (5) ………….. I was coming back to my house, I met a stranger (6) ……………. was carrying a basket with him. I tried to talk to him (7) ……………. he gave no response.
Answer:
1. No sooner 2. than. 3. how 4. When 5 While 6. who 7. hut.

3. Music is said to be food for the soul. (1) …………… does it give relaxation to our mind, (2) ……………. helps us to forget our sorrows and worries of day-to-day life. There is no aspect of life (3) …………… we do not find it. There is hardly any party or function (4) …………… music is not played. (5) …………… we must enjoy it to forget our pains for some time.
Answer:
1. Not only 2. but also 3. where 4. where 5. But.

4. Education has become a part of everybody’s life. There is not even a single field (1) ……………. education has not left its mark. The day is not far (2) ……. everybody would like to drink deep in its ocean. (3) ……………. the need of the hour is to spread education in every nook and corner (4) …………….. nobody is left without its mark.
Answer:
1. where 2. when 3. But 4. till.

5. One day (1) …………. I went to my friend’s house, I was surprised to see a man (2) …………… was wearing nothing. (3) ……………. I asked him the reason, he tried to avoid me, ……….. (4) I did not stop and asked him again. (5) ………….. some time, he told me the reason behind it. (6) …………… he was telling me a sad episode (7) ……………. had happened with him two days (8) ………….started weeping (9) …………… I heard his woeful tale.
Answer:
1. when. 2. who 3. When 4. but 5. After 6. While . 7 which 8. ago before 9. when.

6. The economic condition of a country depends on the resources available in the country (1) ……………. on its population. (2) ……………. the population increases, resources start decreasing. (3) …………… there is a need to control population (4) ……………. we want our country to move towards the path of development.
Answer:
1. as well as 2.When 3. So 4 . if.

7. I was pained to hear about your problem, (1) ……………. you should not worry (2) ……………. I am always there to help you. (3) ………… my means are limited, I will try to help you (4) …………. much (5) ………… I can. (6) ………….. you want to progress in life, you should have faith in your capabilities (7) ……… aspirations.
Answer:
1. but 2. because 3. Although 4. as 5. as 6. If 7. and.

8. (1) ……………. my knowledge is concerned, I can only say (2) ………….. nowadays, it has become difficult to make both ends meet. I was seven years old (3) ………….. my mother died. I tried to put a lot of efforts (4) ……………. I might get (5) ……………. I desired in my life. My sister (6) …………. I started running a shop (7) …………… was situated near our house. My sister (8) I managed the shop. (9) …………… we had limited means, we were honest.
Answer:
1. As far as 2. that 3. when 4. so that 5. what 6. and 7. which 8. and 9. Though

9. (1) ……………. I was nine years old, my parents told me (2) …………… We originally belonged to Kashmir. (3) ………… I grew up, I began to watch TV (4) I learnt about the happenings in Kashmir. (5) ……………. I saw some beautiful shots of the heavenly valley on the TV (6) ………….. in movies, I would remember Kashmir.
Answer:
1. When 2. that 3. As 4. So that 5. Whenever 6. Or.

10. My friend had been suffering from cholera (1) …………. Monday. Today he reached his house, his family had left for the hospital. I hurriedly rushed towards the hospital (4) …………. he had been admitted. The doctor came (5) ……………… assured us about his early recovery. We heaved a sigh of relief (6) …………….. we heard the news of his recovery.
Answer:
1. since 2. because 3. When 4. where 5. and 6. when.

11. (1) ……….. I feel lonely, I prefer to enjoy the beauties of nature. Wordsworth was a famous poet (2) …………… wrote poems on the beautiful objects of nature. Some of his poems show the zeal (3) ………… he had in his veins. (4) ……………. I was at school, my English teacher used to tell me about some of Wordsworth’s poems (5) ……….. were worth reading.
Answer:
1. When 2. who 3. that 4. When 5. that.

12. (1) ……………. you do not get success despite your repeated efforts, you should not lose heart. Only those people get success (2) …………… have an optimistic approach towards life. (3) ……………. you want to win the lost game, you should not feel exhausted. You can go up in life (4) ……….. you persist in your efforts.
Answer:
1. If 2. who 3. If 4. if.

13. (1) ………….. did we step out of the house (2) ………….. the rain started. I love rainy season (3) ……………. in that season, my grandmother prepares lovely dishes for the whole family. I enjoy sitting alone (4) ………….. it is raining. (5) ………….. somebody comes to my house on a rainy day, I feel disturbed.
Answer:
1. No sooner 2. than 3. because 4. while 5. If.

14. The incident (1) …………… changed me was the death of my grandfather. (2) …………… he ate was flushed out of his system immediately. One morning, (3) …………… reciting his prayers, he passed away. I can never forget the day on (4) …………… my grandfather died. (5) …………… I was a child, he used to tell me stories (6) ……………. going to bed. (7) …………… today, I have not come out of the grief (8) ………….. engulfed me six years back.
Answer:
1. that 2. Whatever 3. while 4. which 5. When 6. before 7. Even 8. that.

15. (1) ……………. a certain Minister grew old, his hair fell off (2) …………… he became bald. (3) ……………. he was vain, he wore a wig of someone else’s hair (4) ……………. went out. (5) ……………. he was rushing out of Parliament one day, there was a gust of wind. His wig fell off (6) …………… exposed his bald pate. (7) ……………. everyone saw this, they started laughing at him.
Answer:
1. When 2. and 3. As 4. and 5. While 6. and 7. When.

Combine the following sentences, using the sentence connectors given in brackets.
Note : Answer Key has been given at the end of the exercises.

(A)

1. It was hot. We did not go out. (so)
2. He is working hard. He wants to get first division. (because)
3. He is rich. He is a miser. (but)
4. Mohan did not steal the book. Sohan did not steal the book. (neither-nor)
5. She is poor. She is honest. (but)
6. He does not take tea. He does not take coffee. (neither-nor)
7. The train left the station. The guard waved the green flag. (when)
8. He does not eat meat. He does not eat eggs. (neither-nor)
9. It was raining heavily. I went to my office. (when)
10. She is ill. She does not take medicine. (though-yet)
Answer:
1. It was hot, so we did not go out.
2. He is working hard because he wants to get first division.
3. He is rich, but he is a miser.
4. Neither Mohan nor Sohan stole the book
5. She is poor, but she is honest.
6. He takes neither tea nor coffee.
7. The train left the station when the guard waved the green flag.
8. He eats neither meat nor eggs.
9. It was raining heavily when I went to my office.
10. Though she is ill, yet she does not take medicine.

(B)

1. The woman gave the beggar money. She also gave him food. (not only-but also)
2. I have not written to him. I have not spoken to him. (neither-nor)
3. He is not a rogue. He is not a fool. (neither-nor)
4. Our guns opened fire. The enemy fled. (as soon as)
5. Mohan is not going to Chandigarh. He is not going to Jalandhar. (neither-nor)
6. Anoop is going out for a walk. Saroop is going out for a walk. (both)
7. He brought a book for me. He brought a pen for me. (as well as)
8. I was placed on the merit list. I was not given a scholarship. (although-yet)
9. He worked hard. He failed. (though-yet)
10. He was tired. He could hardly stand. (so-that)
Answer:
1. The woman gave the beggar not only money, but also food.
2. I have neither written to him nor spoken to him.
3. He is neither a rogue nor a fool.
4. The enemy fled as soon as our guns opened fire.
5. Mohan is going neither to Chandigarh nor to Jalandhar.
6. Both Anoop and Saroop are going out for a walk.
7. He brought a book as well as a pen for me.
8. Although I was placed on the merit list, yet I was not given a scholarship.
9. Though he worked hard, yet he failed.
10. He was so tired that he could hardly stand.

(C)

1. There is life. There is hope. (Combine the two sentences)
2. I cannot stand. I cannot sit. (neither-nor)
3. He was taken to task. He was given a sound beating. (not only-but also)
4. I had reached home. It started raining. (hardly-when)
5. He must be mad. He must be drunk. (either-or)
6. I had reached home. It began to rain heavily. (scarcely-when)
7. Ravi did not come to her help. Shashi did not come to her help. (neither-nor)
8. Walk very carefully. You should not slip. (Join the sentences)
9. Make hay. The sun shines. (while)
10. He was sick. He did not go to school. (because)
Answer:
1. So long as there is life, there is hope.
2. I can neither stand nor sit.
3. He was not only taken to task, but was also given a sound beating.
4. I had hardly reached home when it started raining.
5. He must be either mad or drunk.
6. I had scarcely reached home when it began to rain heavily.
7. Neither Ravi nor Shashi came to her help.
8. Walk very carefully lest you should slip.
9. Make hay while the sun shines.
10. He did not go to school because he was sick.

(D)

1. Ram is good. Sham is equally good. (as-as)
2. I was late for school. I missed the first bus.(because)
3. He has stolen my book. His brother has stolen my book. (either-or)
4. The teacher did not punish him. The teacher did not fine him. (neither-nor)
5. I can do with a pen. I can also do with a pencil.(either-or)
6. Rakesh is not a good actor. He is not a good writer. (neither-nor)
7. It was quite cold. She did not light a fire. (although-yet)
8. Radha is intelligent. She is hard-working. (both-and)
9. She is extremely happy today. She has been engaged to a boy of her choice. (because)
10. The thief was caught red-handed. He was stealing a jewellery box. (while)
Answer:
1. Ram is as good as Sham.
2. I was late for school because I missed the first bus.
3. Either he or his brother has stolen my book.
4. The teacher neither. punished nor fined him.
5. I can do either with a pen or a pencil.
6. Rakesh is neither a good actor nor a good writer.
7. Although it was quite cold, yet she did not light a fire.
8. Radha is both intelligent and hard-working.
9. She is extremely happy today because she has been engaged to a boy of her choice.
10. The thief was caught red-handed while he was stealing a jewellery box.

(E)

1. He is very weak. He cannot stand. (so-that)
2. The cat is away. The mice will play. (when)
3. Ram is not trustworthy. Sham is not trustworthy. (neither-nor)
4. I saw the lion. I ran away. (as soon as)
5. You must work hard. You will fail. (or)
6. Ram was singing. Ram was also dancing. (while)
7. Men may come. Men may go. I go on for ever. (and-but)
8. I saw a beggar. I was going to school. (when)
9. We left home. The rain started. (as soon as)
10. You will have to leave this house. You may wish it or not. (whether)
Answer:
1. He is so weak that he cannot stand.
2. When the cat is away, the mice will play.
3. Neither Ram nor Sham is trustworthy.
4. As soon as I saw the lion, I ran away.
5. You must work hard or you will fail.
6. Ram was dancing while he was singing.
7. Men may come and men may go but I go. on for ever.
8. I saw a beggar when I was going to school.
9. As soon as we left home, the rain started.
10. You will have to leave this house whether you wish it or not.

(F)

1. Reena came to my house. Teena came to my house. (as well as)
2. He worked hard. He fell ill. (so-that)
3. She is proud. She is mean. (not only-but also)
4. She spoke loudly. She spoke clearly. (and)
5. He is sad. He is hopeful. (but)
6. I don’t like coffee. I don’t like tea. (neither-nor)
7. You must leave at once. You may like or not. (whether)
8. Let us go to bed. It is late now. (as)
9. He called on me. I was at home. (when)
10. We stepped out. It began to rain. (hardly-when)
Answer:
1. Reena as well as Teena came to my house.
2. He worked so hard that he fell ill.
3. She is not only proud, but also mean.
4. She spoke loudly and clearly.
5. He is sad but hopeful.
6. I like neither coffee nor tea.
7. You must leave at once whether you like or not.
8. Let us go to bed as it is late now.
9. He called on me when I was at home.
10. Hardly had we stepped out when it began to rain.

(G)

1. Run fast. You will miss the train. (lest-should)
2. He failed. I don’t know the reason. (why)
3. We didn’t take a tonga. We didn’t take a taxi. (neither-nor)
4. The step taken was right. The step taken was wrong. (either-or)
5. A car struck against his scooter. No one was injured. (yet)
6. She wishes it. I shall help you. (since)
7. The patient had died. The doctor came. (before)
8. He is at his office. I shall call on him. (if)
9. Mohan has not come. He has sent no message. (neither-nor)
10. Mumbai is a famous city. It is a big centre of film industry. (which)
Answer:
1. Run fast lest you should miss the train.
2. I don’t know why he failed.
3. We took neither a tonga nor a taxi.
4. The step taken was either right or wrong.
5. A car struck against his scooter, yet no one was injured.
6. Since she wishes it, I shall help you.
7. The patient had died before the doctor came.
8. I shall call on him if he is at his office.
9. Mohan has neither come nor sent any message.
10. Mumbai is a famous city which is a big centre of film industry.

(H)

1. The thief saw the owner of the house. He ran away. (as soon as)
2. Ashok was invited to the party. Meena was invited to the party. (as well as)
3. Mary didn’t come to the church yesterday. John didn’t come to the church yesterday (neither-nor)
4. He didn’t work hard. He failed. (because)
5. Mohan is honest. He is sincere. (both-and)
6. I bought a saree. I bought a suit. (as well as)
7. The children saw the wolf. They ran away. (as soon as)
8. He is very lazy. He can’t get along with me. (so-that)
9. The sun rose. The fog disappeared. (as soon as)
10. Rajan is kind. He is honest. (both-and)
Answer:
1. The thief ran away as soon as he saw the owner of the house.
2. Ashok as well as Meena was invited to the party.
3. Neither Mary nor John came to the church yesterday.
4. He failed because he didn’t work hard.
5. Mohan is both honest and sincere.
6. I bought a saree as well as a suit.
7. As soon as the children saw the wolf, they ran away.
8. He is so lazy that he can’t get along with me.
9. The fog disappeared as soon as the sun rose.
10. Rajan is both kind and honest.

Conjunction

दो शब्दों, वाक्यांशों (Phrases) अथवा वाक्यों को परस्पर जोड़ने वाले शब्द को Conjunction कहा जाता है; जैसे
1. The teacher taught Mohan and Abdul.
2. I want some pen or pencil.
3. He will take tea, but I will take milk.
4. I will try to come as soon as I can.

The Use Of Some Conjunctions

(1) No sooner, hardly, scarcely.
No sooner के बाद सदा than का प्रयोग किया जाता है। Scarcely और Hardly के बाद when या before में से किसी का भी प्रयोग किया जा सकता है।
1. No sooner did we reach the station than the train started.
2. She had hardly ! scarcely heard the news when / before she began to weep.

(2) Unless, if.
Unless के साथ not का प्रयोग नहीं किया जा सकता क्योंकि unless = if not. If के साथ (यदि आवश्यकता हो तो) not का प्रयोग किया जा सकता है।
1. Unless you work very hard, you can’t pass.
2. If you do not work very hard, you can’t pass.

(3) Until (till), as long as (so long as), while.
Until (till) = उस समय तक जबकि = up to the time when (ये शब्द point of time की ओर संकेत करते हैं।) As long as = जितने समय तक So long as, while = during the time that (ये शब्द period of time की ओर संकेत करते हैं।)
यदि till / until का सम्बन्ध पहले वाक्य से हो तो प्रायः until का प्रयोग किया जाता है।
यदि till / until का सम्बन्ध पिछले वाक्य से हो तो प्रायः till का प्रयोग किया जाता है।
किन्तु till / until के प्रयोग में कोई विशेष अन्तर नहीं समझा जाता है।

1. Go straight on until you come to the post office and then turn left.
2. Until you told me I had heard nothing of it.
3. She won’t go away till you promise to help her.
4. Let us wait till the rain stops.
5. While there is life, there is hope.
As long as there is life, there is hope.
So long as there is life, there is hope.

(4) Because, so that (in order that).
Because का प्रयोग उस समय किया जाता है जब किसी बात का कारण (reason) बताना हो।
In order that अथवा so that का प्रयोग उस समय किया जाता है जब किसी उद्देश्य (Purpose) का वर्णन करना हो।
1. He failed because he did not work hard.
2. He worked hard so that he might win a scholarship.

(5) Since, before.
जब Since का प्रयोग एक Conjunction के रूप में किया जाए तो :
(i) इससे पूर्व आने वाले वाक्य में कभी भी Past Indefinite Tense का प्रयोग नहीं किया जा सकता है।
(ii) इसके बाद आने वाले वाक्य में सदा ही Past Indefinite Tense का प्रयोग किया जाता है।

1. Two months have passed since he came here.
2. It is two weeks since my examinations were over.

Before, if, until, unless, while, when, आदि समय – वाचक योजंका (Temporal Conjunctions) के बाद कभी भी Future Tense का प्रयोग नहीं किया जाता है यद्यपि मुख्य वाक्य (Principal Clause) Future Tense मे ही हो|

1. I will help him if he comes to me.
2. The crops will die before the rains fall.
3. I shall not let you go until you pay back my money.
4. I shall give him your message when he comes here.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister

February 16, 2024February 15, 2024 by Prasanna

Punjab State Board PSEB 11th Class Political Science Book Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 11 Political Science Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Discuss the qualifications, mode of election and procedure for impeachment of the President of India.
Or
How is the President of India elected?
Answer:
Since India is a Republic, the President of India is elected by the people in an indirect manner for a fixed time. As to what method should be adopted for the election of the President, there was no unanimity of opinion in the Constituent Assembly. One suggestion was that the President should be directly elected by the people.

It will not only be in consonance with the democratic principles but it will also make the President the direct representative of the people. This proposal was rejected on the ground that such a method will unnecessarily convulse the nation, particularly when he was being made the nominal head of the State. The other proposal was that the President should be elected only by the members of the Union Parliament.

This proposal was equally rejected because in that case the President would become a puppet in the hands of the majority party. That would rob him of all his appearance of independence and dignity. In order to uphold the federal principle, it was finally agreed that the States should also be given a share in the election of the President.

Qualifications:
The Constitution prescribes the following qualifications for a presidential candidate-

He should be a citizen of India.
He must have completed the age of 35 years.
He must be qualified to be elected as a member of the Lok Sabha.
He must not hold any office of profit under the Government of India or any State Government or local authority.However, this provision is not applicable to a person who holds the office of the President, Vice-President, Governors and Ministers of the Central and State Government.
He cannot at the same time be a member of the Parliament or a member of State Legislature; his seat will be deemed to have been vacated on the date he assumes his office as President.
According to Presidential and Vice-Presidential Elections Act, the candidate for the office of president must deposit Rs. 15,000 as security.
The name of the candidate for the office of President must be proposed by 50 electors and seconded by 50 electors.

Method of Election:
Following are the features of the election of the President of India-

1. President elected by an Electoral College:
The President of India is elected by an electoral college consisting of the elected members of the Lok Sabha, the elected members of the Rajya Sabha and the elected members of the State Legislative Assemblies.

2. System of Proportional Representation:
The election of the President is held in accordance with the system of proportional representation by means of the single transferable vote.

3. Uniformity of Representation:
According to the Constitution, as far as possible, there is to be maintained uniformity of representation of the different States at the presidential election and parity between the States as a whole and the Union. In other words, in the election of the President, the principle of ‘One member- One-vote’ had not been and could not be adopted. In different States different ratios prevail between the population and the number of legislators.

The Constituencies in the different States are unequal in the matter of population. For example, in one State it may be one representative for every 50,000 of the population while in another the proportion may be one to 75,000 or more. Thus since the States differ in their population, the strength of the elected members of the State Legislative Assemblies also differs. Then, the total strength of the elected members of the State Legislative Assemblies is far greater than that of the elected members of both the Houses of Parliament. That being so, the problem was to ensure that the votes cast will have a value in proportion to the population that the votes represented.

4. Procedure of determining the votes of the Members of the State Assembly:
Article 55(4) of the Constitution lays down the procedure of determining the votes of the member of the State Assembly, which is as follows:
PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister 1
If the remainder is less than 500, it is ignored.
If it is more than 500, then the vote of each member shall be further increased by one.
For example, in 2017 population of Punjab was 27,704,236 and the Legislative Assembly of Punjab consists of 117 members. Hence each member was entitled to cast 237 votes:
PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister 2
5. Procedure of determining the votes of the Members of the Parliament:
The Constitution lays down the following procedure of determining the votes of the member of Parliament.
PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister 3
Fraction exceeding one-half being counted as one. Let us explain this formula also by taking an example. Suppose the total number of votes assigned to the elected members of all the State Legislative Assemblies is 424856 and the total strength of elected members of the Parliament is 705. Now to obtain the number of votes which elected member of the Parliament will have at the election of the President:
PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister 4
In the presidential election in July 2017, the number of votes of each member of the Parliament entitled to vote was 708.
Total votes of the elected member of State Assemblies = 5,49,495
No. of elected members of the Parliament = 776 (Lok Sabha 543 + Rajya Sabha 233)
No. of votes of each member of the Parliament = $\frac {5,49,495 }{776}$ = 708
Total votes of the members of the Parliament = 708 x 776 = 5,49,408
Total votes of the electoral college = 5,49,495 + 5,49,408 = 10,98,903

6. Vacant Seats in Electoral College:
The President of India, as said, is elected by an electoral college. Now the question arises if the electoral college is not complete, how to proceed with the election of the President. Our Constitution was not clear on this point. To remove this flaw 11th Amendment (1961) was made in the Constitution.
According to this amendment, the election of the President or the Vice-President cannot be challenged on the ground of any vacancy in the electoral college for whatever reason among the members of the electoral college electing him.

7. Method of Fixing the Quota:
Under the system of Proportional Representation a candidate to be elected, must secure the necessary quota of votes. The quota is determined by the following formula:
PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister 5
Suppose the total number of valid votes polled at the presidential election is 8,00,000. Applying the above-mentioned formula, the quota shall be:
$\frac {800000}{1+1}$ + 1 = 4,00,001
In order to be elected, the candidate must secure 4,00,001 votes-an absolute majority of votes. If the first counting does not give any candidate the quota of votes, the candidate who got the least number of votes is eliminated and his votes transferred to the remaining candidates on the basis of the preferences shown. The process is repeated until one candidate gets the requisite number of votes. Let us explain the system in detail.

Assuming that there are four candidates and the total number of valid votes cast are 15,000.
To be declared elected President, a candidate must secure a minimum of 7501 votes. Now suppose the first preference votes secured by the four candidates are as follows:
A—5250
B—4800
C—2700
D—2250
Since the candidate D gets the least number of votes, hence he is eliminated. Now the second preference votes on his 2250 ballot papers shall be counted.
Suppose A gets 300, B gets 1050 and C gets 900.

Now the total votes of A are 5250 + 300 = 5550, of B are 4800 + 1050 = 5800 and of C are 2700 + 900 = 3600. It means even now no candidate is securing the requisite quota of 7501 votes.

Now candidate C shall be eliminated because he got the least number of votes. Now third preference votes on the 3600 votes of C shall be counted. In the third preference suppose A gets 1700 and B gets 1900.
Now the total votes of A are 5550 + 1700 = 7250
Total votes of B are = 5850 + 1900 = 7750

According to the Proportional Representation system, B shall be declared President. The system proves the doctrine that candidate B is preferred by a numerically large number of electors than candidate A. It may be recalled that the election of Mr. V. V. Giri was decided in the Second Count. “It made the people realise the significance of the system of proportional represenataion by means of single transferable vote.”

So far fifteen presidential elections have been held in India:

First election was held in 1952 and Dr. Rajendra Prasad was elected.
Second election was held in 1957 and again Dr. Rajendra Prasad was elected.
Third election was held in 1962 and Dr. Radhakrishnan was elected.
Fourth election was held in 1967 and Dr. Zakin Hussain was elected.
Fifth election was held in 1969 and Shri V. V. Giri was elected.
Sixth election was held in 1974 and Shri Fakhruddin Ali Ahmed was elected.
In July, 1977, for the first time, Shri Sanjiva Reddy was nominated by a consensus of all paries and was elected unopposed.
Eighth election was held in July, 1982 and Congress (I) candidate Giani Zail Singh was elected and opposition candidiate Justice Khanna was defeated.
Ninth Presidential election was held in July, 1987 and Congress (I) candidate R. Venkataraman was elected and opposition candidate Justice V. R. Krishna Iyer was defeated.
Tenth Presidential election was held in July, 1992 and Congress (I) candidate Dr. Shankar Dyal Sharma was elected and opposition candidate was defeated.
Eleventh Presidential election was held in July 1997. Joint candidate of United Front and Congress Mr. K. R. Narayanan supported by BJP and others was elected and Mr. T. N. Seshan was defeated. Mr. K. R. Narayanan secured 94.97 per cent of the votes.
Twelfth Presidential election was held in July, 2002. Joint candidate of rulling National Democratic Alliance Dr. A.P. J. Abdul Kalam supported by Indian National Congress, Bahujan Samaj Party, Samajvadi Party, Janata Dal and others was elected and Capt. Lakshmi Sahgal, the opposition candidate supported by Communist Parties was defeated.
13th Presidential election was held in July 2007, joint candidate of United Progressive Alliance Mrs. Pratibha Devi Singh Patil was elected and Independent Candidate Mr. Bhairon Singh Shekhawat was defeated.
14th Presidential election was held in July 2012. Candidate of UPA and Supported by S.P., B.S.P., Janata Dal (U) and Shiv Seva, Mr. Pranab Mukherjee was elected and independent candidate Mr. P.A. Sangma was defeated.
15th Presidential election was held in July 2017. Candidate of N.D.A. Sh. Ram Nath Kovind was elected and U.P.A. candidate Smt. Meera Kumar was defeated.

The election of the President is conducted by the Chief Election Commissioner. He issues the notification and fixes dates for nomination, scrutiny of nomination and withdrawal of candidature. Only those eligible to vote in the election of the President, i.e. elected members of Parliament and elected members of the State Legislative Assemblies can propose a candidate for election. The Chief Election Commissioner counts the votes cast and declares the result.

The validity of the election of the President can be challenged by the electors only. The election of the President can be challenged only after the completion of the election, i.e., after a candidate is declared to be elected to the office of the President. If a petition is allowed before such election, it would involve the non-compliance with the mandatory provisions of Art. 62 which says that an election to fill a vacancy caused by the expiration of the term of the office of the President shall be completed before the expiration of the term.

Oath of the President:
Before entering upon his office, the President elected or any person acting as President for discharging the functions of President, is required to take an oath in the presence of the Chief Justice, or in his absence, the senior-most judge of the Supreme Court available.

Tenure:
The President is elected for a period of five years. The period of five years begins from the day he enters upon his office. The President is eligible for re-election.

Removal by Impeachment:
The President can be removed from office by impeachment only. The Constitution lays down a detailed procedure for the impeachment of the President. He can be impeached “for violation of the Constitution”.

When a President is to be impeached for the violation of the Constitution, the charges can be prepared by either House of the Parliament. In other words, the impeachment charged may be initiated by the Lok Sabha or the Rajya Sabha. (in the United States of America, this right belongs exclusively to the Lower House, i.e., the House of Representatives). But no such charge is to be preferred unless the proposal to prefer such a charge is contained in a resolution which has been moved after at least 14 days’ notice in writing signed by not less than one-fourth of the total number of members of the House.

The resolution must be passed by a two-third majority of the total membership of the House. If passed by the requisite majority in one house, it is sent to the other House for investigation. The other House is empowered to entrust this job of investigation to a court or tribunal.

However, the resolution had got to be passed by the other house by a two-third majority of the total membership of this House. If the other House also passes the resolution by a two-third majority of the total membership of this House, then it means the charge is proved and the President is removed from his office from the ‘date’ (word ‘time has not been used’) on which the investigating House passes the resolution.

However, the President has the right to be heard and defended when the charges against him are being investigated. He may defend himself in person or through his council. One thing to be noted here is that there is no provision for suspension of the President under impeachment. He continues to hold his office during the period of investigation.

Salary and Allowances:
The President of India gets a salary of Rs. 5,00,000 per month and an official residence (called Rashtrapati Bhavan in New Delhi) free of rent. In addition to the salary, the President also gets handsome allowances of various kinds as determined by Parliament. According to the President’s Pension Act, a person who ceases to hold office as President, either by expiration of his term of office or by resignation, is entitled to a monthly pension of Rs. 2,50,000. The Government may also allow him a free medical aid as was done in the case of Dr. Rajendra Prasad.

The salary and other allowances of the President are charged on the Consolidated Fund of India. According to Art. 59 (4), the emoluments and allowances of the President shall not be diminished during his term of office.

Question 2.
Describe the powers of the President of India
Or
Discuss the executive and judicial powers of the President.
Or
Explain the powers of the President of India other than emergency powers.
Answer:
The Constitution of India establishes a federal form of government.
According to Art. 53, the executive powers of the Union have been vested in the President which shall be exercised by him directly or through officers subordinate to him in accordance with the Constitution. However, India being a parliamentary form of government, the President is only a nominal head and the working executive is the Council of Ministers headed by the Prime Minister.
The powers of the President can be divided into two categories-
(A) Powers in normal times and
(B) Emergency powers.

(A) POWERS IN NORMAL TIMES:
During normal times the President exercises four types of powers:
1. Executive Powers
2. Legislative Powers
3. Financial Powers
4. Judicial Powers.

1. Executive Powers:
The President is the Chief Executive or Head of the State. According to Art. 53 (1) of the Constitution, the executive powers of the Union have been vested in the President. He may exercise these powers himself or get them exercised through officers subordinate to him.

(i) Appointments:
The President is authorised to make a number of appointments. He appoints the Prime Minister and the other Ministers on the advice of the Prime Minister, the Attorney General, the Comptroller and the Auditor General, Judges of the Supreme Court and the High Courts, the Chairman and Members of Joint Public Service Commission, the Chairman and members of Joint Public Service Commission, the Election Commission, Finance Commission, the Official

Language Commission and Commission for the Scheduled Castes, Tribes, Backward Classes, etc. He also appoints the State Governors, Lt. Governors and Chief Commissioners of the Union Territories. He also sends and receives diplomatic representatives. He makes rule for the convenient transaction of business of the Government of India and allocates this business among the Ministers. Under Art. 78, the Prime Minister is bound to communicate to the President all decisions of the Cabinet relating to administration and such proposals for legislation as the President may call for.

(ii) Military Powers:
The President is the Supreme Commander of the Defence Forces, but the exercise of military powers of the President is regulated by the Parliament. The President cannot declare war or deploy forces without the sanction of the Parliament or in anticipation of the sanction by the Parliament.

(iii) Power Relating to Foreign Affairs:
The President has extensive diplomatic powers. He represents his country in international affairs. He appoints Indian representatives to foreign countries and also receives diplomatic representatives of other States which have been recognised by Parliament.

(iv) Power of Direction, Control and Co-ordination:
The President has the power of direction, control and co-ordination of the work in the States. He can issue directions to the States for the compliance of Union laws. In particular, he can direct a State or States to construct and maintain communications of national or military importance and for the protection of railways. He can establish an Inter-State council to advise him upon co-ordination of policy and settlement of disputes between the States.

(v) Administration of Union Territories:
Art. 239 provides that every Union Territory shall be administered by the President acting through an administrator. The administrator, given any designation by the President, is appointed by the President. The President may appoint the Governor of a State as the administrator of an adjoining Union Territory. When the Governor is discharging the duties of the administrator he shall exercise his functions as administrator independently of his Council of Ministers.

The Parliament by law can establish democratic institutions in the Union Territories. The President can make regulations for the peace, progress and good government of the Union Territory of the Andaman and Nicobar Islands and the Laccadive, Minicoy and Amindivi Islands. The regulations made by the President have the same effect as an act of Parliament. The President is also competent to repeal or amend, through such regulations, any existing Act dealing with the administration of these Islands.

(vi) Informative Powers:
The President had a right to ask for information with regard to the decision of the Council of Ministers. The Prime Minister is required to keep in touch with the President for this purpose.

(vii) Sending back the decision of the Council of Ministers for reconsideration:
Under 44th amendment the President is empowered to send back the decision of the Council of Ministers for reconsideration, but if the council of Ministers repeats the decision, then the President is bound to accept the decision.

(viii)Link between the Centre and States:
The President is the link between the centre and the states. He is the executive head both of the union and of the federation.

2. Legislative Powers:
The President enjoys many legislative powers. He is a part of the Parliament. Besides the Lok Sabha and Rajya Sabha, the President is also a part of the Parliament. The legislative powers of the President are provided by Article 123.

(i) Power to Summon:
Prorogue and Dissolve the Parliament. The President can convene, prorogue and dissolve the Parliament. He can order fresh elections to the Lok Sabha on the recommendation of the Prime Minister. He must call the session of the Parliament within 6 months.

(ii) Address to the Parliament:
He can address the two Houses of the Parliament jointly or he may address them independently. The first session of the Parliament after the General elections is inaugurated by the President. He also addresses the first session of the Parliament every year. In his address the President explains the policy of the Government to the House.

(iii) Nominates the Members of the Parliament:
He nominates 12 persons to the Rajya Sabha. These persons must have distinguished themselves in the fields of art, literature, science and social service. He can nominate two persons of the Anglo-Indian community to the Lok Sabha if he feels that the community has not got adequate representation.

(iv) Assent on Bills:
No bill passed by the Parliament can become an Act without the assent of the President. He can reject an ordinary bill only once and when passed for the second time, the President is to give his assent.

(v) He gives approval to many bills passed by the State Legislatures.

(vi) Joint Session:
He can call a joint session of the two Houses of the Parliament. If the two Chambers differ on an ordinary bill, only then he calls a joint session.

(vii) Power to Send Messages: He can send messages to any House from time to time.

(viii)Ordinance:
During the intervals of the sessions of the Parliament he can issue ordinances. These ordinances have the force of laws. The ordinance is put before the Parliament as soon as it meets. The Parliament has the authority to reject the ordinance. It can be withdrawn by the President also. If it is neither rejected by the Parliament nor withdrawn by the President, it will automatically end six weeks after the first meeting of the Parliament. On Sept. 22, 1980 the President promulgated the National Security Ordinance to enable the government to detain any person to prevent him from acting against the defence or security of the country.

(ix) Constitutional Amendment Bill:
A Constitutional Amendment Bill is finally sent to the President for his assent. The President is bound to give his assent to the Constitutional Amendment Bilk

3. Financial Powers:
The financial powers of the President as mentioned in the Constitution are as follows:

(i) It is the duty of the President to place the Budget for the current year before the Parliament. It is to be presented before the beginning of the financial year. Normally the budget is presented to the Parliament by the Finance Minister on behalf of the President.

(ii) Money Bills can only be introduced in the Parliament on the recommendation of the President.

(iii) The President has full control over the contingency fund and he can spend it according to his sweet will.

(iv) He distributes the share of income tax among the States.

(v) He appoints Finance Commission. 15th Finance Commission was appointed on 27 Nov.- 2017 in the Chairmanship of Sh.N.K. Singh.

4. Judicial Powers:
The President has some judicial power also. It is provided by Article 122 of the Constitution.

The President appoints the judges and the chief justice to the Supreme Court and the State High Courts.
The President cannot be sured in any court of India in connection with any matter concerning his office.
He has the power to pardon, reprieve and commute punishment.

(B) EMERGENCY POWERS
Besides powers in normal times the President of India has Emergency Powers as well. The President enjoys three types of emergency powers:
1. Emergency due to external aggression or armed rebellion.
2. Emergency arising out of failure of the constitutional machinery a State.
3. Financial emergency.

For detailed study of Emergency Powers:
1. Emergency arising out of external aggression or Armed Rebellion:
According to Art. 352 if the President is satisfied that a grave emergency exists whereby the security of India or any part of India is threatened by war, external aggression or armed rebellion, he may proclaim a state of emergency. Under 59th amendment in Punjab emergency can be declared on the ground of internal disturbances. The President can declare emergency even before the actual occurrence of war, external aggression or armed rebellion.

But in the 44th Amendment it is provided that the President shall not issue a proclamation of Emergency unless the decision of the Cabinet that such a proclamation may be issued has been communicated to him in writing. According to 42nd Amendment, President can declare emergency in the whole of India or in such part of the territory there of as may be specified in the proclamation. Such a Proclamation may be revoked by a consequent proclamation. If the proclamation has not been approved within one month by both the Houses of Parliament by two-thirds of the majority of the members present and voting, it will become ineffective. If such a

proclamation is issued at a time when the Lok Sabha has been dissolved or the dissolution of the Lok Sabha takes place during the period of one month, and if the Rajya Sabha has approved the proclamation within one month, but it had not been approved by the Lok Sabha, the proclamation shall cease to operate at the expiration of 30 days from the date on which the Lok Sabha sits after its reconstitution. However, if within 30 days the Lok Sabha approves the proclamation, it continues.

After approval of the Parliament emergency continues till the President revokes it by a subsequent proclamation. But it is provided in the 44th Amendment that for the continuance of the emergency, approval by resolution of both Houses would be required every six months. Provision is also made in the 44th Amendment that the proclamation of Emergency would cease to be opeative whenever a resolution to that effect is adopted by the Lok Sabha by a simple majority of the members of the House present and voting.

Ever since the operation of the Constitution (Jan. 26, 1950), such an emergency has been declared three times. First, when India was attacked by China in October, 1962 and second when all of a sudden, Pakistan attacked India on December 3, 1971. Third time internal emergency was declared on 26th June, 1975 and this emergency was-removed on 21st March, 1977 whereas external emergency declared in 1971 was lifted on 27th March, 1977.

Effects of this Proclamation:
1. The most significant effect of this proclamation is that the federal form of the Constitution is converted into unitary form of government. The authority of the Centre is increased till the emergency lasts. It should be remembered the State Governments do not cease to function. They continue, to function as before under normal conditions. But the Centre gets the authority to give directions to the States as the manner in which the executive power of the States is to be exercised. The legislative power of the Centre is also widened.

2. Parliament will have the power to make laws for the whole or part of India with respect to any of the matters given in the State List. Laws so made by Parliament shall cease to operate six months after the Proclamation of Emergency has come to an end.

3. The President, may by an order, modify the provisions relating to distribution of revenues between the Union and the States.

4. The Fundamental Rights given under Art. 19 (six freedoms) are automatically suspended throughout the country. The suspension of Art. 19 continues until the proclamation of emergency ends. However, under 59th Amendment this right can be suspended when emergency is declared in Punjab.

5. The President by order can also suspend the right to move the courts to enforce any Fundamental Rights. All proceedings pending in any court for the enforcement of the rights so mentioned may remain suspended for the period during which Proclamation is in force or for such short period as may be specified in the order. But according to 44th Amendmenl the enforcement of the right to life and personal liberty under Article 21 cannot be suspended. The order so made may extend to the whole or to any part of the territory of India. However, the order of the

parliament is required to be laid before each House of Parliament “as soon as may be after it is made.” And what is the definition of ‘as soon as may be’, the constitution does not fix any time limit for the order to be laid before Parliament.

2. Emergency arising out of the failure of constitutional machinery in a State. (Art. 356):
The second type of emergncy powers given to the President deal with the failure of constitutional machinery in the State. If the President, either on the receipt of a report from the Governor of a State or otherwise, is satisfied that a situation has arisen in which the Government of the State cannot be carried on in accordance with the provisions of the Constitution, the President can proclaim emergency in that state.

In May, 1994, the Supreme Court had declared that dismissal of a state government by the President under Article 356 of the Constitution is open to judicial scrutiny. The apex Court had held that presidential proclamation under Article 356 could be challenged only on the ground that the exercise of power was malafide or based on wholly extraneous and irrelevant grounds.

Any proclamation made under Art. 356 may be revoked or varied by a subsequent Proclamation. The Proclamation issued by the President is required to be laid before each House of Parliament and it ceases to operate after the expiry of two months unless before the expiration of that period it has been approved by resolutions of both Houses of Parliament. If approved by Parliament, the Proclamation, remains in force for six months after the parliamentary approval. The duration of the proclamation can be extended for six months at a time and the maximum period is one year.

According to 44th Amendment, a resolution with respect to the continuance in force of a Proclamation under the article for any period beyond the expiration of one year from the date of issue of such proclamation shall not be passed by either House of Parliament unless a Proclamation of Emergency is in operation at the time of the passing of such resolution and the Election Commission certifies that the continuance in force of the proclamation under the Article during the period specified in such resolution is necessary on account of difficulties in holding elections to the Legislative Assembly of the State concerned.

Under 59th Amendment in Punjab President’s rule can be extended up-to three years. Under 64th Amendment President’s rule in Punjab was extended six months more beyond three years. By 68th amendment President’s rule in Punjab can be extended up-to 5 years.

Effects of this Proclamation:
(i) The President can assume to himself all or any of the functions of the State or he may vest all or any of those functions in the Governor or any other executive authority.

(ii) The President can suspend or dissolve the State Legislative Assembly. He may declare that the powers of the State Legislature shall be exercisable by or under the authority of Parliament. However, Parliament will be competent to confer that power on the President and also authorise him to delegate those powers to anybody he thinks fit. .

(iii) The President can make any other incidental or consequential provisions necessary to give effect to the object of the Proclamation.

(iv) If the Lok Sabha is not in session then the President sanctions the expenditure from the consolidated fund of the State.

President’s rule has been promulgated almost 121 times in states since the enforcement of the Constitution. Almost all the States have been, at one time or the other, been put under President’s Rule.

3. Financial Emergency (Art. 360):
If the President is satisfied that a situation has arisen whereby the financial stability or credit of India or any part of it is threatened, he may declare a Financial Emergency under Art. 360 of the Constitution. Such a Proclamation may be revoked by a subsequent Proclamation. The proclamation has to be laid before each House of Parliament.

It ceases to operate at the expiration of two months unless it is approved earlier by a resolution of both Houses of Parliament. The Proclamation in this case also should be approved by Parliament as in the other two cases of emergency. Like the Proclamation of war-emergency, Financial Emergency also continues for an indefinite period. Fortunately, this kind of Emergency has not been declared so far.

Effects of this Proclamation:
(i) During the Financial emergency, the executive authority of the union shall extend to the giving of directions to any State to observe such canons of financial property as may be specified in the direction or any other directions which the President may deem necessary for this purpose.

(ii) The President can ask a State to reduce salaries and allowances of all or any class of public servants connected with the affairs of a State.

(iii) The President can give direction to a State to reserve all Money Bills for the consideration of the President after they have been passed by the State Legislature.

(iv) The President shall be competent to issue directions for the reduction of salaries and allowances of all or any class of persons serving in connection with the affairs of the Union including the judges of the Supreme Court and the High Courts.

Criticism:
Evidently the Constitution gives the President very drastic powers to deal with Emergency. Emergency powers of the President were criticised within and outside the Constituent Assembly. It has been said that these powers are not compatible with democracy. When the provisions relating to Emergency powers were passed, Sh. H. V. Kamath, member of the Constituent Assembly, declared, “ It is a day of shame and sorrow, God save the Indian people.”

Sh. K. T. Shah described Article 359, which empowers the President to suspend the right to seek enforcement of fundamental rights “as the grand final and crowning glory of this chapter of reaction and retrogression.” The power to abrogate fundamental rights of citizens during Emergencies can easily be abused for depriving the people of their liberty and imposing a totalitarian rule on the country.

According to H. V. Kamath, “ There is no parallel to the chapter of Emergency in any Constitution of democratic countries of the world”. He further said,, “I fear that by the single chapter we are seeking to lay the foundation of a totalitarian State, a police State, State completely opposed to all the ideas and principles that we have held aloft during the last few decades, a State where the rights and liberties of millions of innocent men and women will be in continuous jeopardy, a State where if there be peace it will be the peace of the grave and the void of the desert. I only pray to God that He may grant us wisdom, wisdom to avert any such catastrophe, grant us fortitude and courage.”

Another point of criticism is that during Emergency federal structure is changed into unitary one. T. T. Krishnamachari said, “The Constitution of India is designed to work as a federal system in normal times and as a unitary system in war and other emergencies.” Moreover, ruling party at the Centre by using Article 356 can declare President’s rule in a particular State simply because some other party is ruling the State. Article 356 was misused when nine state governments were dismissed on 30th April 1977 and in Feb 1980.

Justification of Emergency Powers. Emergency powers of the President are defended on the ground that Strong Centre is needed for security of the country. V. N. Shukla writes, “ These provisions may appear to be harsh, particularly in a constitution which professes to be built upon an edifice of fundamental rights and democracy. But the provisions may be studied in the light of India’s past history. India has had her inglorious days whenever the Central power was weak.

It is well that the Constitution guards against the forces of disintegration. Events may take place threatening the very existence of the State, together with all that is desired to remain basic and immutable will be swept away.” Country’s security is more important than the federal system. In the words of Dr. Ambedkar, “ It is only the Centre which can work for the common purpose and for the general interest of the country as a whole. Herein lies the justification of giving to the Centre overriding power to be used in the Emergency.”

It is not possible for the President to become a dictator. In India there exists a parliamentary form of Government. The essence of parliamentary form of Government is that the Head of the State is a nominal head. It is the Council of Ministers which is the real executive.

As a further check against the misuse of the emergency powers and to put the right to life and liberty on a secure footing, it is provided in 44th Amendment Act that the power to suspend the right to move the court for the enforcement of a fundamental right cannot be exercised in respect of the fundamental right to life and liberty.

According to 44th Amendment the provisions of Article 19 will become suspended only in the case of a proclamation of Emergency issued on the ground of war or external aggression and not in the case of a Proclamation of Emergency issued on the ground of armed rebellion. Moreover, if the President tries to become a despot, he will be impeached by the Parliament.

There is no question of autocracy under any circumstances. Only State autonomy may suffer temporarily.” Sh. Amar Nandi rightly remarked that the power conferred on the central executive to meet national emergencies is, so as to say, a loaded gun which can be used both to protect and to destroy the liberty of citizens. The gun must be used, therefore, with extreme caution.

Position of the President:
What exactly is the position of the President in the Indian Constitution? Different writers have taken different and sometimes radical views. A lay man who reads the provisions of the Constitution may literally interpret them and come to the conclusion that he has been armed with drastic powers. His Emergency Power “is a bottomless well of dictatorial possibilities”. Under Art. 53 of the Constitution,
“The Executive power of the Union shall be vested in the President and shall be exercised by him either directly or through officers subordinate to him in accordance with the Constitution.”

It means the President can use the executive powers himself. Under Art. 74 of the Constitution there shall be a Council of Ministers to aid and advise the President in the exercise of his functions. But nowhere it had been stated that the President shall be bound to act in accordance with the advice of the Council of Ministers. Then, the President of India can dissolve Parliament, issue ordinances, declare emergency and can take into his hands the administration of the whole of the country. Being the Supreme Commander of all the forces he can establish his personal rule with the help of the armed forces of the country.

But this is a legal view. And the fact is a legal truth, may be a political untruth. In India, there exists parliamentary form of government. The essence of the parliamentary form of government is that the Head of the State is a titular head, a constitutional head. His powers are formal. It is the Council of Ministers which is the real functionary.

By 42nd amendment even legal position of the President has changed. Under this amendment he was bound to accept the advice of the Council of Ministers. But according to 44th Amendment the President may require the Council of Ministers to reconsider any advice tendered by them and that the President shall act in accordance with the advice tendered after such reconsideration, Thus, the critics argue that the position of the Indian President is one of honour and dignity but not of power.

Commenting upon the position of the President, Dr. Ambedkar had himself said in the Constituent Assembly: “The President occupies the same position as the King under the British Constitution. He is the head of the State but not of the Executive. He represents the nation but does not rule the nation.” To quote him again: “The President of the Indian Union will be generally bound by the advice of ministers.

He can do nothing contrary to their advice nor can he do anything without their advice.” According to late Pt. Nehru, “We have not given our President any real power but we have made his position one of great authority and dignity’. Expressing his views on the position of the President, Sh. Morarji Desai said, “It is wrong to think that our President is vested with any real power of rulership; in normal times he has none, under the Constitution he is merely a constitutional head, very much like the British King.”

However, all the critics do not subscribe to the view that the President under the Constitution is only a figure head. These critics draw our attention to the Weimar Constitution of Germany. The Weimar Constitution was based on thoroughly democratic lines. Yet it gave rise to a dictator, Hitler who trampled under his feet all the democratic principles of the Constitution. Similarly, Dr. Ambedkar himself used the words “ generally bound”. It shows that the President is not a rubber stamp, he is not a puppet in the hands of the Council of Ministers.

The Constitution allows him opportunities when he can use his discretion. For example, he can use his discretion in the appointment of the Prime Minister when no political party gets absolute majority in the Lok Sabha. After all, the President is a promoted politician. As Jennings has said, “He cannot be expected to play the same role of impartiality as is expected from the British Monarch.”

Under Art. 78 of the Constitution, it shall be the duty of the Prime Minister to communicate to the President all decisions of the Council of Ministers relating to the administration of the affairs of the Union and proposals for legislation, to furnish such information ralting to the administration to the affairs of the Union and proposals for legislation as the President may call for Under Art. Ill the President can use his veto power also.

His emergency powers are so sweeping that, as H. V. Kamath feared, he can lay the foundation of a totalitarian State, a police State…. In his address delivered on the occasion of the laying of the foundation stone of the Indian Law Institute, New Delhi in November, 1960, President Rajendra Prasad urged the Institute to make a study of the powers and functions of the President and find out to what extent they differed from those of the King of England.

He was doubtful that the position of the President is like the position of the British Monarch. He clearly pointed out that because the conditions in India were different from those in England, “ It may not be desirable to treat ourselves so strictly bound by the interpretations which have been given from time to time to expressions in England.”

His successor Dr. Radhakrishnan also expressed publicly similar views. While speaking in the civic reception at Kanpur, he said, “Jpdia was suffering because sufficient care had not been taken to explain our position abroad.” Dr. Radhakrishnan was criticising the foreign policy of the country. At the time of the assumption of his office the President has to take the oath to protect, preserve and defend the Constitution and to devote himself to the service and well-being of the people of India. No wonder, he may veto a Bill which in spirit, runs counter to the Directive Principles of State Policy.

Conclusion:
The conclusion is clear. The President is not a rubber-stamp under the Constitution. Accroding to B. Shiva Rao, the President is more than a figure-head. Even President Giri agreed to this view when he said that the country needed a “really independent and strong President who could see things straight and do justice well without fear or favour.” In his election campaign he clearly said, “If elected he would not be a sleeping partner, nor a rubber stamp

He would be an active partner within the four walls of the Constituion.” Thus, a fairly large section of the educated public opinion in the country feels that the president has a share in the actual government of the country. Even Dr. Radhakrishnan on the the day of his retirement indirectly hinted on such a role of the President when he said, “The President symbolizes national purpose and national unity and can be a great influence for stability and progress.”

The real position of the President depends upon his relationship with the Council of Ministers and, to a great extent, upon his personality. It he is a man of dynamic personality, he will have an edge over the Council of Ministers.

Question 3.
Explain emergency powers of the President.
Or
Discuss the emergency powers of the President of India. Do you agree with the view that the President can become a dictator by exercising them?
Answer:
Besides powers in normal times the President of India has Emergency Powers as well. The President can use the emergency powers even when there is the likelihood of an emergency.
1. Emergency due to external aggression or armed rebellion.
2. Emergency arising out of the failure of the constitutional machinery in the States.
3. Financial emergency.

1. Emergency arising out of external aggression or Armed Rebellion:
According to Art. 352 if the President is satisfied that a grave emergency exists whereby the security of India or any part of India is threatened by war, external aggression or armed rebellion, he may proclaim a state of emergency. Under 59th amendment in Punjab emergency can be declared on the ground of internal disturbances. The President can declare emergency even before the actual occurrence of war, external aggression or armed rebellion.

After approval of the Parliament emergency continues till the President revokes it by a subsequent proclamation. But it is provided in the 44th Amendment that for the continuance of the emergency, approval by resolution of both Houses would be required every six months. Provision is also made in the 44th Amendment that the proclamation of Emergency would cease to be operative whenever a resolution to that effect is adopted by the Lok Sabha by a simple majority of the members of the House present and voting.

Effects of this Proclamation:
1. The most significant effect of this proclamation is that the federal form of the Constitution is converted into unitary form of government. The authority of the Center is increased till the emergency lasts. It should be remembered the State Governments do not cease to function. They continue, to function as before under normal conditions. But the Center gets the authority to give directions to the States as the manner in which the executive power of the States is to be exercised. The legislative power of the Center is also widened.

3. The President, may by an order, modify the provisions relating to distribution of revenues between the Union and the States.

2. Emergency arising out of the failure of constitutional machinery in a State. (Art. 356):
The second type of emergency powers given to the President deal with the failure of constitutional machinery in the State. If the President, either on the receipt of a report from the Governor of a State or otherwise, is satisfied that a situation has arisen in which the Government of the State cannot be carried on in accordance with the provisions of the Constitution, the President can proclaim emergency in that state.

Under 59th Amendment in Punjab President’s rule can be extended upto three years. Under 64th Amendment President’s rule in Punjab was extended six months more beyond three years. By 68th amendment President’s rule in Punjab can be extended up-to 5 years.

(ii) The President can suspend or dissolve the State Legislative Assembly. He may declare that the powers of the State Legislature shall be exercisable by or under the authority of Parliament. However, Parliament will be competent to confer that power on the President and also authorize him to delegate those powers to anybody he thinks fit.

(iii) The President can make any other incidental or consequential provisions necessary to give effect to the object of the Proclamation.

(iv) If the Lok Sabha is not in session then the President sanctions the expenditure from the consolidated fund of the State.

(ii) The President can ask a State to reduce salaries and allowances of all or any class of public servants connected with the affairs of a State.

(iii) The President can give direction to a State to reserve all Money Bills for the consideration of the President after they have been passed by the State Legislature.

According to 44th Amendment, an Emergency can be proclaimed only on the basis of written advice tendered by the cabinet. In addition a Proclamation of Emergency must be approved by the two Houses of parliament by two-thirds majority within a period of one month. As a further check against the misuse of the emergency powers and to put the right to life and liberty on a secure footing, it is provided in 44th Amendment Act that the power to suspend the right to move the court for the enforcement of a fundamental right cannot be exercised in respect of the fundamental right to life and liberty.

Conclusion:
We can conclude safely that it is not possible for the President to become a dictator. No doubt suspension of rights of the citizens is against democratic system but rights of the individual are not more important than the security of the State. To quote K. Santhanam, “The net result of Article 356 is that when there is a proclamation the State Government may come to be temporarily merged with the Government of the Union.

Question 4.
Discuss the election, powers and functions of the Vice-President of India.
Or
Write a short note on the Vice-President of India.
Answer:
Article 63 of the Constitution lays down that there shall be a Vice-President of India. Like the President of India, the Vice-President is also elected indirectly by the people. Whenever the office of the President falls vacant due to the death, resignation or removal of the President, the Vice-President acts for him. However, he acts for limited period only.

Qualifications:
A candidate for the office of the Vice-President must possess the following qualifications:
1. He should be a citizen of India.

2. He should have completed the age of 35 years.

3. He should be eligible to be elected as a member of the Rajya Sabha.

4. He must not hold any office of profit under any Government—Centre, State of Local. For purposes of this provision, the Constitution lays down that the offices of the President or Vice- President, Governor of a State or Ministers of the Union or State Governments, shall not be considered places of profit.

5. The Vice- President cannot be a member of either House of Parliament or of a State Legislature. If he is a member of either of these Houses at the time when he is elected as Vice- President, his seat in that Legislature is declared vacant from the date he takes over as Vice-President.

6. The name of the candidate for the office of Vice-President must be proposed and seconded by at least 20 electors each.

Election:
The Vice-President of India is elected by an electoral college consisting of the members of both Houses of Parliament in accordance with the system of proportional representation by means of the single transferable vote and the voting at such election shall be by secret ballot. The two Houses need not sit together for this purpose. (The Eleventh Amendment).

It is significant to note that in the election of the Vice-President the nominated members of both the Houses have the right to vote while in the election of the President only the elected members of Parliament are eligible to vote. According to the Eleventh Amedment (1961) of the constitution the election of the President or Vice-President is not to be questioned on the ground that there was a vacancy in the Electoral College.

In August 2017. Sh. Venkaiah Naidu candidate of National Democratic Alliance was elected Vice¬President of India. Sh. Venkaiah Naidu defeated United Progressive Alliance candidate Sh. Gopal Krishna Gandhi. Sh. Venkaiah Naidu secured 516 votes while Sh. Gopal Krishna Gandhi secured 244 votes.

Term:
The Vice-President is elected for a term of five years. The period of five years starts from the date on which he enters upon his office. He is eligible for re-election. The Vice-President may resign his office by writing to the President before the expiry of five years. In 1969 when the Acting President V.V. Giri resigned, he addressed his letter of resignation to the President. This he had done on the advice of the Attorney-General. The office of the Vice-President may also fall vacant either on the death of the Vice-President or when he has been removed from office by impeachment.

Removal by Impeachment:
The Vice-President can be removed from office by impeachment. He can be removed from office if a resolution to that effect is passed by the Rajya Sabha by a majority of its then members and if the resolution is approved by the Lok Sabha. Fourteen days’ notice is necessary for moving such a resolution.

Salary:
As Vice-President of India, he gets no salary. The Vice-President is the ex-officio Chairman of the Rajya Sabha and he receives- a salary of Rs. 4,00,000 per month. He is also entitled to the use of offical residence. When the Vice-President acts as President, he has all the privileges, powes and immunities of the President. According to Vice¬President Pension Act, a person who ceases to hold office as Vice-President, either by expiration of his term of office or by resignation, is entitled to a monthly pension of Rs. 2,00,000.

Functions:
The duties of the Vice-President are two-fold: 1. He is the ex-officio Chairman of the Rajya Sabha and 2. He acts for the President when the office of the President is vacant. Even when the President is ill or otherwise unable to perform the duties of his office, the Vice-President acts for him.

As Vice-President. In the absence of the President or during casual vacancy in the office of the President, the Vice-President shall perform all the functions of the President. If the President is unable to discharge his functions owing to absence, illness or any other cause, the Vice-President will discharge his functions until the date on which the President resumes his duties. Under such circumstances:

The Vice-President performs the duties of the President.
The Vice-President has the authority to exercise all the powers concerning the office of the President.
He can remain for a period of 6 months in the office of the President in the case of President’s resignation, death and removal from office. He cannot continue in the office of the President more than this period.
He makes arrangement for the election of the new President within a period of six months. The new President must be elected within this period.
The Vice-President can himself contest for Presidentship of the country.

The office of the Vice-President is next to the office of the President of the country. But the Vice-President has no functions to perform as the President of the country. He has the functions to perform only in the absence of the President. It is only an office of pride and honour.

As Chairman of Rajya Sabha. The Vice-President is the ex-officio Chairman of Rajya Sabha. That means that being the Vice-President of the country he is the Chairman of the Rajya Sabha. He is to perform various functions in this capacity as the Chairman of the Rajya Sabha and they are given as follows:

He presides over the meetings of the Rajya Sabha.
He maintains decorum and decency in the House.
He allots time to the members to speak.
He is not a member of the Rajya Sabha. Therefore, he is not entitled to cast his vote but in case of a tie he makes use of his casting vote.

The Vice-President cannot perside over the meeting of the Rajya Sabha when:

He is acting as the President of the country and
When the Rajya Sabha is considering charges against him.

Position of the Vice-President:
The office of the Vice-President is not of any great importance. No doubt his office is next to the office of the President of India but he does not exercise any powers. The American Vice-President enjoys the remaining tenure of the President in case of President’s death or resignation or removal but in India under such circumstances the Vice-President works only as the acting President till the newly elected President joins.

As acting President the Vice-President will enjoy all the privileges and powers of the President. When a vacancy is caused, new President is to be elected within 6 months. The office of the Vice-President is not of great importance. But we will have to admit this that much depends upon the personality of the person who becomes the Vice-President. A person with a wonderful personality can become a very useful part of administration.

Question 5.
What do you know of the composition, powers and functions of the Union Council of Ministers?
Answer:
The Constitution of India provides for parliamentary government in the country. At the Centre as well as in the States there is parliamentary government. The President is only the nominal head of the State. He exercises his powers on the advice of the Council of Ministers. It is written in the Constitution that there will be a Council of Ministers headed by the Prime Minister to aid and advise the President. In fact all the powers of the President are actually exercised by the ministers. The Council of Ministers takes decisions and the President can give them a piece of advice. The ministers run the administration according to their sweet will. It is why the parliamentary system of Government is called the Cabinet Government.

Composition:
The only provision made in the constitution for the formation of the Council of Ministers is that the President appoints the Prime Minister and the other ministers are appointed by him with the consultation of the latter. But the fact is that the President does not appoint, the Prime Minister of his own sweet will. Normally the leader of the majority party in the Lok Sabha is made the Prime Minister and all other ministers are appointed by the President on the recommendation of the Prime Minister. The President cannot make any change in the list of ministers.

It is again the Prime Minister who distributes portfolios among the ministers. The ministers are taken out of the members of the legislature. If any outsider is appointed a minister, he must become the member of the legislature within 6 months. In Feb. 1988, Prime Minister Rajiv Gandhi reorganized his Council of Ministers and there were 60 members in the Council of Ministers. In the Constitution, 91st Amendment Act provides that the total number of ministers including the Prime Minister, shall not exceed 15% of the total number of members of the Lok Sabha.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister 6

In May 2019, there were 57 members in the Council of Ministers. It included 24 cabinet ministers, 24 ministers of state and 9 ministers having independent charge.

Term of Office:
It is written in the Constitution that the ministers will remain in the office during the pleasure of the President, It means that the President can remove the ministers from office whenever he likes. But it is not so. If the majority of the members of the Lok Sabha supports the Council of Ministers, it will continue to remain in office and the President cannot remove it. The ministers remain in office so far as they enjoy the confidence of the members of the Lok Sabha.

Salary:
The Constitution of India lays down that the salaries, allowances, etc. of the ministers shall be decided by the Parliament. The ministers are entitled to a salary, daily allowances and constituency allowances at the same rate as the members of Parliament.

Powers and Functions Of The Cabinet:
The Cabinet is the real ruler of the country. All the executive authority of the President is exercised by the cabinet. Following are the powers and functions of the Cabinet:

1. Determination of National Policy:
The polity of the nation is formulated by the Cabinet. After taking office the Cabinet is to formulate its internal and external policy according to which it is to run the administration of the State. It is the Government which is responsible for internal peace and order, and freedom from external aggression and better living of the people of the country. It has, therefore, to formulate policies in a way that they are helpful for the people of the country at large.

2. Control over Administration:
The administration of the country is to be run by the ministers. Every member of the Council of Ministers has one or more departments under his charge and he has to look after its working and administration. No doubt, it is the civil servants who carry on the administration but this administration has to be within the framework of the policies laid down by the Council of Ministers. Departmental administration has to be run by the civil servants but it is the minister who is responsible for the smooth running of the administration.

3. Foreign Relations:
It is the function of the Cabinet to maintain relations with other countries. These relations are established according to the policies laid down by the Cabinet. The ambassadors to foreign countries are appointed on the advice of the cabinet. The correspondence with other countries is done of course in the name of the President but actually it is the Cabinet who performs this function. It is the Cabinet which enters into treaties with other countries.

4. Legislative Powers: In a Parliamentary Government there is a close relationship between the Cabinet and the legislature. It enjoys many legislative powers.

The ministers are taken from among the members of the Parliament and they have a big share in law-making.
The President convenes the meetings of the Parliament on the advice of the Council of Ministers.
The Cabinet prepares the programme of the session.
The ministers introduce the bills in the House and see them through. Most of the bills in a Parliamentary Government are introduced in the Parliament by the ministers. They explain the policy and the purpose of the bills to the Parliament.
Laws in the Parliament are framed in accordance with the wishes of the Cabinet. As the ministers belong to the majority party so they are sure of the support of the members to their bills.
The President issues ordinances on the advice of the ministers.

5. Financial Powers: The Cabinet enjoys many financial powers:

The budget is prepared by the Finance Minister in consultation with other ministers.
It is the ministers who suggest an increase, decrease or abolition in the taxes. Money bills can only be introduced by the ministers.

6. Appointments:
Important appointments are made only on the advice of the ministers. For example, the appointments of Governors, Ambassadors and members of the Union Public Service Commission are made on the recommendations of the ministers.

7. Administrative Justice:
The ministers also exercise judicial powers. They are to decide many administrative matters. They are to give a decision in administrative matters and decisions of the ministers are final. While deciding cases the ministers have the right to adopt judicial methods like all other courts.

Conclusion:
The above mentioned powers and functions of the Cabinet clearly explain that the administration of the State is run according to the wishes of the Cabinet. It can run the administration in a way it likes. It is rightly said that the ‘Cabinet is the steering wheel of the ship of the State’. It is said that the British Cabinet has become the virtual dictator, the State and the Parliament have become subservient to it.

Question 6.
Distinguish between the Cabinet and the Council of Ministers.
Answer:
There are some differences between the Cabinet and the Council of Ministers. This distinction must be clarified. The Cabinet is a part of the Council of Ministers and the real authority is enjoyed by it.

Council of Ministers:
The Council of Ministers consists of the following types of ministers:
1. Cabinet Ministers:
These are the most important ministers. They control the important departments of administration. They frame policies and decide all other important matters, They are generally 25 to 30 in number. It is these ministers who form the Cabinet. All the powers of the Council of Ministers are exercised according to the wishes of the Cabinet.

2. State Ministers:
The State Ministers also head some departments. But they are not entitled to participate in the meetings of the Cabinet. They can be invited to attend the meetings of the Cabinet when some special issue or the issue concerning their department is to be discussed.

3. Deputy Ministers: The Deputy Ministers are appointed to assist the Cabinet ministers and the State ministers in the performance of their functions. The Deputy Minister is not the head of any department. The Deputy Ministers are appointed almost in each department.

4. Parliament Secretaries:
The Parliamentary Secretaries are not minister and they are not members of the Council of Ministers. Parliamentary Secretaries are not appointed by the President. They are appointed by the Prime Minister. They have no independent powers or functions. They assist the ministers to whom they are attached to do their parliamentary work. They have no control over the administrative departments. They are, infact, probationers under training and may hope to rise to higher ranks if they make good.

5. Deputy Prime Minister:
Neither the Constitution nor any of the Union laws provide for the office of the Deputy Prime Minister. It is the sole discretion of the Prime Minister to bestow the rank and the status of Deputy Prime Minister on any number of members of the Cabinet. Sardar Vallabh Bhai Patel was given the status and rank of Deputy Prime Minister in the Council of Minister headed by Late Pt. Jawaharlal Nehru.

Similarly in the Cabinet headed by Late Mrs. Indira Gandhi, Mr. Morarji Desai was ranked as Deputy Prime Minister of the country. The rank and status’of Deputy Prime Minister was conferred on Sarvashri Charan Singh and Jagjivan Ram in the Council of Ministers headed by Sh. Morarji Desai.

In the Ministery headed by Sh. V.P. Singh, Ch. Devi Lai was sworn in as the Deputy Prime Minister of the country. In June, 2002, Mr. Lai Krishan Adwani sworn in as the Deputy Prime Minister of India in the ministry of Mr. Atal Behari Vajpayee. The office of the Deputy Prime Minister carries neither special responsibilites nor special privileges.

The Council of Ministers consists different types of ministers. Their number is near about 65. But the Cabinet consists of only the Cabinet ministers and all important decisions are taken by them. Whatever decisions are taken by the Cabinet all the ministers are to abide by them. All the members of the Council of Ministers are to carry out those decisions.

Question 7.
What are the main features of the Cabinet System in India?
Answer:
In India the parliamentary system of government has been adopted. The Council of Ministers exercises all the powers of the President. It performs its functions on the basis of the following principles:

1. President a Constitutional Head:
The first important feature of the parliamentary system of government is that the Head of State enjoys only nominal powers. The entire administration of the State is run in the name of the President but in reality it is the Cabinet which is responsible for running the administration of the State. The President takes all the decisions on the advice of the Prime Minister.

The Prime Minister is the head of the government whereas the President is the head of the State. The President cannot participate in the meetings of the Cabinet and he is kept out of the Cabinet. The President appoints the Prime Minister, but he must appoint the leader of the majority party as the Prime Minister of India. He does not interfere in the formation, meetings and the decisions of the Cabinet.

2. Close relationship between the Cabinet and Parliament:
There is a very close relationship between the Cabinet and the Parliament. The Cabinet is formed from among the members of the Parliament. If any outsider is appointed a minister he must become the member of the Parliament within six months otherwise he will have to quit the office.

3. Leadership of the Cabinet:
The Cabinet performs its functions under the control and guidance of the Prime Minister. The appointments of the ministers are made by the President on the advice of the Prime Minister. The Prime Minister presides over the meetings of the Cabinet. He can remove any minister from office. He also co-ordinates the working of the ministry.

4. Political Homogeneity:
The members of the Cabinet hold the same view point because they belong to the same political party. The Cabinet works like a unit. Therefore, all the members of the. Cabinet must agree with one another. If the ministers are taken from different political parties, they will never agree over policy matters because each political party would like to implement its own policy. It is very necessary that the ministers should be taken from the same party so that administration could be run smoothly.

5. Cabinet works as a Team:
The Cabinet works as a team. The members of the Cabinet swim and sink together. They perform their functions in consultation with one another. All the ministers are individually as well as collectively responsibly for their work. No-confidence motion against a particular minister means a no-confidence motion against the entire ministry and the entire ministry is to resign. The resignation of the Prime Minister means the resignation of the entire ministry. All the ministers are to abide by the decisions taken by the Cabinet. All the ministers remain in office or lose office together.

6. Leadership of the Prime Minister:
Indian Cabinet works under the leadership of the Prime Minister. According to Art. 74, there shall be a Council of Ministers with the Prime Minister at its head to aid and advise the President in the exercise of his functions. Ministers are appointed by the President on the advice of the Prime Minister. Portfolios are distributed by the Prime Minister and he has the power to change the portfolios of the ministers.

He presides over the meetings of the Cabinet. In case of disagreement between a minister and the Prime Minister, the minister will have to resign. No person can remain in the Cabinet against the wishes of the Prime Minister. The resignation of the Prime Minister means the resignation of the whole Council of Ministers.

7. Prime Minister’s right to get the Lok Sabha dissolved:
Another feature of the Indian Cabinet system is that the Prime Minister can advise the president to dissolve the Lok Sabha. On Feb. 6, 2004 the President Dr. A.P.J. Adbul Kalam dissolved the Lok Sabha on the advice of the Prime Minister Atal Behari Vajpayee.

8. Secrecy:
Cabinet keeps the proceedings of its meetings absolutely secret. No minister can convey to anybody the decisions taken by the ministry and the discussion which took place while taking the decisions. The decisions can be announced by the concerned minister at the proper time.

9. Ministerial Responsibility:
The ministers cannot exercise their powers in an arbitrary manner. They are responsible for their actions and policies to the legistature. The members of the Parliament can ask them questions and supplementary questions and they are to answer them on the floor of the House. In case, the Parliament loses confidence in the ministers, they will have to resign. The Parliament can indicate its lack of no-confidence over the ministry by passing a no-confidence resolution. Even if the Parliament passes a no-confidence motion against one minister the entire ministry is to resign.

Question 8.
How is the Prime Minister appointed? Discuss his powers and functions.
Or
Discuss the position of the Prime Minister.
Answer:
The Prime Minister is the most important and powerful functionary of the State. He can be called the ruler of the State. The Prime Minister is the head of the Council of Ministers and all the powers of the President are actually exercisd by the Prime Minister. He can rule the country in a way which he thinks the best. He is the architect of the fate of State. The Government can do nothing against his will.

Appointment:
The Prime Minister is appointed by the President but while doing so the President is not having a free hand. Only that person can be appointed to the office of Prime Minister who is the leader of majority party in the Lok Sabha. After the general election the President invites the leader of the party which has gained majority in the Lok Sabha to form the Government.

In Dec. 1984, Mr. Rajiv Gandhi was appointed Prime Minister because he was the leader of the majority party (Congress I) in the Lok Sabha. If no political party gets an absolute majority in the Lok Sabha even then the President is not free to appoint anybody the Prime Minister. Under such circumstances only that person will be invited to form the Government who can seek the co-operation of the majority of members in the Lok Sabha.

After the 17th Lok Sabha election held in April-May, 2019, Sh Narender Modi was appointed as the Prime Minister.
Term of Office. The Prime Minister does not have a fixed tenure of offfice. He remains in office so long as he enjoys the support of the majority party. If the majority of members of the Lok Sabha loses confidence in the Prime Minister, he is to resign the office. On 11th April, 1997 Prime Minister H.D. Deve Gowda resigned because his resolution of vote of confidence was rejected by the majority members of the Lok Sabha.

Salary and Allowances. The Prime Minister gets the same salary and allowances which are paid to members of Parliament. He also receives a constituency allowance like other M.Ps. He is also entitled to free official residence, free travels, medical facilities, etc.

Powers And Functions Of The Prime Minister:
The Prime Minister enjoys vast powers which have made his office very important and powerful. His powers and functions are given as follows:
1. Prime Minisiter and the Cabinet:
The Prime Minister is the maker of the Cabinet. The Cabinet has no existence without the Prime Minister. He can make or unmake a Cabinet. The Cabinet performs all its functions under the control and guidance of the Prime Minister. Therefore, he is called “the keystone of the Cabinet arch” or “shining moon among the stars”. He enjoys the following powers in connection with the Cabinet:

(i) Formation of the Council of Ministers:
His first duty after assuming office is the formation of the Council of Ministers. He prepares a list of ministers according to his sweet will. He has a free hand in the selection of ministers. Nobody can be appointed a minister against the wishes of the Prime Minister. Number of Council of Ministers depends upon him. In the Constitution, 91st Amendment Act provides that the total number of ministers including the Prime Minister, shall not exceed 15% of the total number of members of the Lok Sabha. In May 2019, there were 57 members in the Council of Ministers.

(ii) Distribution of Portfolios:
The Prime Minitser distributes work among the ministers. He decides what department is to be allotted to a particular . minister. He controls the working of the departments of his ministers. If the Prime Minister is not satisfied with the working of a department, he can change the department of that minister. He distributes particular departments to ministers in such a way that they can run the departments quite efficiently. He also co-ordinates the working of different departments.

(iii) Removal of the Minister:
The ministers remain in office during the pleasure of the Prime Minister. If the Prime Minister is not satisfied with the working of a minister or the minister does nto run the department in accordance with wishes of the Prime Minister, he can ask him to quit the office and can appoint someone else in his place. In June, 1978 Prime Minister Morarji Desai asked Home Minister Char an Singh and Mr. Raj Narayan to resign from the cabinet and Mr. Charan Singh and Raj Narayan submitted their resignations.

On 1st August, 1990 the Prime Minitser V.P. Singh sacked his Deputy Prime Minister, Mr. Devi Lai, from the Council of Ministers. On April 20, 1998 Prime Minister Vajpayee sacked Communication Minister Buta Singh because he refused to resign. The Prime Minister can make changes in the Cabinet whenever he likes. With the resignation of the Prime Minister the entire ministry falls.

(iv) Leadership of the Cabinet:
The Prime Minister is the leader of the Cabinet. The Cabinet functions under the conrol of the Prime Minister. He can call the meetings of Cabinet whenever he likes. The Prime Minister prepares the agenda of the meeting as well as controls it. He presides over the Cabinet meetings. All the decisions in Cabinet meetings are taken according to the wishes of the council of ministers.

2. Link between the President and the Cabinet:
The Prime Minister is the link between the President and the Cabinet. It is the duty of the Prime Minister to convey the decisions of the Cabinet to the President. No minister can discuss a particular problem with the President without the permission of the Prime Minister. The President can demand information from the Prime Minister regarding the working of administration. The Cabinet can discuss any issue with the President only through the Prime Minister.

3. Leadership of the Cabinet in the Parliament:
The Prime Minister leads the Cabinet in the Parliament. The ministers answer the questions put to them by the members of the Parliament. Whenever a minister is in difficulty, the Prime Minister helps him. The Prime Minster explains the policy and decisions of the Cabinet to the Parliament. All important statements on behalf of the Cabinet are made by the Prime Minister in the Parliament.

4. Principal adviser of the President:
The Prime Minister is the chief adviser of the President. The President seeks the advice of the Prime Minister in all matters of the state. The Prime Minister informs the President regarding all the decisions taken by the Cabinet. If the President requires any information regarding the administration of any department, he would demand such an information from the Prime Minister.

5. Appointments:
All the important appointments in the State are made.by the Prime Minister. The President makes appointments of the State Governors, Ambassadors and members of the Union Pubilc Service Cmmission only on the advice of the Prime Minister. The President cannot make any such appointment of his own accord.

6. Leader of the Parliament:
The Prime Minister is also the leader of the House. Out of the two Houses the position of Lok Sabha is of great importance and the Prime Minister is the leader of the Lok Sabha. The Parliament always depends upon the policy and guidance of the Prime Minister for facing any problem. All the important decisions in the Parliament are taken according to the wishes of the Prime Minister. He can get any law passed by the parliament because he is the leader of the majority party. He can get the Lok Sabha dissolved.

7. Leader of Nation:
The Prime Minister is also the leader of the nation. The President is the head of the State and the Prime Minister is the head of the Government. Gveneral election means the election of the Prime Minister. Each poiltical party has its leader already and the people vote for the party whose leader they want to see as the Prime Minister of the country. During emergency the people have always high hopes on the Prime Minister and they always act upon his advice. His office has become more important for his being the leader of the nation. He is always supported by public and with the help of the public he can do things which he likes.

Position of the Prime Minister:
An analysis of the powers of the Prime Minister proves that “he is the pivot of the whole system of government.” He occupies a position of exceptional authority. K.T. Shah observed in the Constituent Assembly, “This Constitution concentrates so much power and influence in the hands of the Prime Minister that there is every danger to apprehend that the Prime Minister may become a dictator if he chooses to do so.” N.V. Gadgil, former Governor of Punjab said, “The Prime Minister is invested with formidable power and influence unless he be a genuine democrat by nature, he is very likely to become a dictator.”

In the words of Nehru, ‘The Prime Minister is the linchpin of the government.” While the President is the nominal head, the Prime Minister is the real head. The powers of the President are in reality exercised by the Council of Ministers, But the Prime Minister is the head of the Council of Ministers. Without him, the ministers have no entity. To quote Laski, ‘The Prime Minister is central to the formation of the Council of Ministes, central to its birth and central to its death.” For his appointment, he is not dependent upon the favour of the President.

It is his right to form the Council of Ministers because he commands the confidence of the Lok Sabha. In the words of A.C. Dash, “The Indian Prime Minister like the German Chancellor is superior to the entire Cabinet, for under the Constitution he is declared to be the head of Council of Ministers and all other Ministers are appointed and probably will be dismissed on his advice.” The Prime Minister forms the Cabinet and he is its life breath.

He is the leader of the Parliament and the nation and the principal adviser of the President. The decisions of the Cabinet are virtually the decisions of the Prime Minister. There is hardly any elected functionary in the world comparable to the Prime Minister of India. Backed by a stable and substantial majority in the Lok Sabha, he is more powerful than even the President of the United States of America.

However, the Prime Minister’s supremacy is not due entirely to the powers which belong to his office. Much depends upon his personality. If he is a man of dynamic prsonality he will be able to dominate the political scene. A fickle minded person will never be able to impress. Ideally, the Prime Minister should have a personality which earns him not only the loyalty of his own party but also a measure of considerable respect from the opposition.

Mr. Nehru who held the office of the Prime Minister nearly eighteen years, possessed an unparalleld personality. He was an institution. In the words of Norman D. Palmer, “Important and able men have held ministerial posts but with the exception of Vallabhbhai Patel, who served as Deputy Prime Minister until his death in 1950, no one has really shared Nehru’s authority.” Prime Minister Lai Bahadur Shastri gave his country brilliant leadership in terms of war and peace and gave up his life in quest for peace. He served his country with his life.

He did not possess the external symbols of greatness yet he rose to great heights. Though short in stature there was more iron in his soul than appeared on the surface. The manner in which Morarji Desai was relieved of the Finance Department by Prime Minister Indira Gandhi, highlights the fact that not even the ‘tallest’ among the Prime Minister’s colleagues can measure upto the stature of the Prime Minister. After the election of 1971 and 1980, Prime Minister Indira Gandhi was considered the source of all power. According to Ashok Mehta, “Our Cabinet form of Government has come to a near Presidential regime.”

According to Frank Morris, “Mrs. Gandhi was not only the undisputed leader of the Congress Party, but it was her party and she could dominate it in a way which none else had done. She was free to choose her colleagues who were her agents or assistants and in her presence trembled and obeyed.” In the words of Greame C. Moodie, “For many the Prime Minister is the part of the government and at times, may become the personification of the political nation.” Mr. Rajiv Gandhi was very powerful because like Mrs. Indira Gandhi he was also the president of the Congress (I).

The position of the Prime Minister also depends upon the support of his party. Without his party he is nothing. He must maintain close contact with party opinion. His aloofness, reserve and indifference militates against sound leadership. He must rely on co-operation, not coercion. He is to lead the party and not drive it. The manner in which Pt. Nehru had to bow before the party demand on the removal of Mr. Krishna Menon in 1962 proves that there are limits beyond which the Prime Minister cannot carry the party.

To conclude, powerful as he may be, no particular Prime Minister is indispensable, irremovable, or omnipotent. “He is not Caesar, he is not an unchangeable oracle, his views are not dooms; he is always on suffrance and its germs are whether he can render indubitably useful services. At any time a rival may supplant him.” The essence of the powers of the Prime Minister lies in a united Cabinet, a united Parliament and united people.

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
How is the President of India elected?
Answer:
The President is the head of the state. He is elected indirectly by an electoral college. Elected members of both the Houses of Parliament and elected members of legislative assemblies of the States constitute the electoral college. The nominated members of the Parliament and the assemblies do not take part in the election. The voting is held on’ the basis of proportional representation by the single transferable vote system. Only an Indian citizen, who has attained the age of 35 years, and whose name has been proposed and seconded by a definite number of the electors, can contest election.

Question 2.
Explain in brief the composition of the Electoral College constituted for the election of the President.
Answer:
According to Article 54 of Indian Constitution, the President shall be elected indirectly by an electoral college consisting of the elected members of the union and state legislatures in accordance with the principle of proportional representation with single transferable vote system.

Question 3.
Describe the formula by which the value of the vote of the members of State Legislative Assembly is determined.
Answer:
Article 55 (4) of the Constitution lays down the procedure of determining the votes of the members of the State Assembly, which is as follows:
PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister 7
If the remainder is less than 500, it is ignored.
If it is more than 500, then the vote of each member shall be further increased by one.

Question 4.
Describe the procedure of determining the value of votes of the members of the Parliament.
Answer:
The constitution lays down the following procedure of determining the votes of the members of Parliament.
PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister 8
Fraction exceeding one-half being counted as one.

Question 5.
Describe the tenure of the President.
Or
Discuss in brief the removal of the President.
Answer:
The President is elected for a period of five years. But he can be removed from his office before the expiry date. The President can be removed from office by impeachment only. The Constitution lays down a detailed procedure for the impeachment of the President. He can be impeached “for violation of the Constitution.” When a President is to be impeached for the violation of the Constitution, the charges can be prepared by either House of the Parliament.

But no such charge is to be preferred unless the proposal to prefer such a charge is contained in a resolution which has been moved after at least 14 days notice in writing signed by not less than one-fourth of the total number of members of the House. The resolution must be passed by a two-thirds majority of the total number of members of the House. If passed by the requisite majority in one house, it is sent to the other House for investigation. If the other House also passes the resolution by a two- thirds majority of the total membership of this House, then it means the charge is proved and the President is removed from his office.

Question 6.
Describe the method of fixing the quota for the election of the President.
Answer:
Under the system of Proportional Representation, a candidate to be elected must secure the necessary quota of votes. The quota is determined by the following formula:
PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister 9
Suppose the total number of valid votes polled at the Presidential election is 8,00,000. Applying the above-mentioned formula, the quota shall be
$\frac {8,00,000}{1+1}$ +1 = 4,00,001

Question 7.
Describe the salary and allowances of the President.
Answer:
The President of India gets a salary of Rs. 5,00,000 per month and an official residence (called Rashtrapati Bhavan in New Delhi) free of rent. In addition to the salary, the President also gets handsome allowances of various kinds as determined by Parliament. According to the President’s Pension Act, a person who ceases to hold office as President, either by expiration of his term of office or by resignation, is entitled to a monthly pension of Rs. 2,50,000. The Government may also allow him a free medical aid as was done in the case of Dr. Rajendra Prasad.

Question 8.
Describe any four executive powers of the President.
Answer:
Following are the executive powers of the President:

All executive functions of the Union (central) government are performed in the name of the President.
He appoints the Governors, Chief Justice and other judges of the Supreme Court and the High Courts.
He appoints the Attorney General of India and the members and Chairman of the Union Public Service Commission.
He is the supreme commander of the armed forces.

Question 9.
Mention four legislative powers of the President.
Answer:
Following are the legislative powers of the President:

He can address both the Houses of the Parliament and can send messages to either house at any time.
He can summon any House of the Parliament at any time.
He can dissolve the Lok Sabha.
He nominates two members of the Anglo-Indian community to the Lok Sabha.

Question 10.
Describe financial powers of the President.
Answer:

It is the duty of the President to place the Budget for the current year before the Parliament. It is to be presented before the beginning of the financial year. Normally the budget is presented to the Parliament by the
Finance Minister on behalf of the President.
Money Bill can only be introduced in the Parliament on the recommendation of the President.
The President has full control over the contingency fund and he can spend it according to his sweet will. He distributes the share of income tax among the States.

Question 11.
Describe judicial powers of the President.
Answer:
The President has some judicial powers also. It is provided by Article 122 of the Constitution.

The President appoints the judges and the chief justices to the Supreme Court and the State High Courts.
The President cannot be sued in any court of India in connection with any matter concerning his office.
He has power to pardon, reprieve and commute punishment.
The President can seek the advice of the supreme court of India over any legal matter or a bill of Republic Importance.

Question 12.
What do you know about the emergency powers of the President?
Ans.
The President can declare emergency in three special circumstances :
1. If the President thinks that the security of the country is threatened by a war or external aggression or armed rebellion threatening the integrity of India, he can declare an emergency for the whole of India or any part of it. But the advice should come from the Council of Ministers in writing.

2. In case of the failure of the constitutional machinery in a state or states, the President can take over the entire work of the executive and dissolve or suspend the state assembly.

3. If the President thinks that there is an economic situation in which the financial stability or the credit of India is threatened, he can declare a financial emergency.

Question 13.
Discuss about the power of the President to issue an ordinance.
Answer:
During the intervals of the sessions of the Parliament he can issue ordinance. These ordinances have the force of laws. The ordinance is put before the Parliament as soon as it meets. The Parliament has the authority to reject the ordinance. It can be withdrawn by the President also. If it is neither rejected by the Parliament nor withdrawn by the President, it will automatically end six weeks after the first meeting of the Parliament.

Question 14.
Discuss in brief about various emergencies provided in the Constitution of India.
Answer:
There are three types of emergencies provided into the Constitution of India. These are:

National Emergency (Article 352) or Emergency arising out of external aggression or armed rebellion.
Emergency arising out of the failure of constitutional machinery in a state (Art. 356).
Financial Emergency (Art. 360).

Question 15.
What do you understand by National Emergency?
Answer:
According to Art. 352, if the President is satisfied that a grave emergency exists whereby the security of India or any part of India is threatened by war, external aggression or armed rebellion, he may proclaim a state of emergency. But the President can declare such type of emergency if the cabinet decision that such a proclamation may be made has been communicated to him in writing.

Question 16.
Under which condition the Constitutional Emergency is imposed?
Answer:
According to article 356, if the President, either on the receipt of a report from the Governor of a State or otherwise, is satisfied that a situation has arisen in which the Government of the State cannot be carried on in accordance with the provisions of the Constitution, the President can proclaim emergency in that state.

Question 17.
What is the Financial Emergency?
Answer:
According to Article 360, if the President is satisfied that a situation has arisen whereby the financial stability or credit of India or any part of it is threatened, he may declare a Financial Emergency under Article 360 of the constitution. Such a Proclamation may be revoked by a subsequent Proclamation. The Proclamation has to be laid before each House of-Parliament.

It ceases to operate at the expiration of two months unless it is approved earlier by a resolution of both the Houses of Parliament. The Proclamation in this cases should also be approved by Parliament as in the other two cases of emergency. Like the Proclamation of war-emergency, Financial Emergency also continues for an indefinite period. Fortunately, this kind of Emergency has not been declared, so far.

Question 18.
Describe any four points of criticism against the emergency powers of the President.
Answer:
Different persons criticised the emergency powers of the President on different grounds. Following are the points of criticisms against the emergency powers of the President:’

Possibility of misuse of emergency powers.
Emergency powers are undemocratic.
Emergency proclamation is beyond judicial control.
Emergency powers can crush the rights and liberties of the individuals.

Question 19.
Describe the justification of emergency powers.
Answer:

Historical experiences reveal that emergency powers are necessary to face national crisis.
National security is more important than that of the individual liberty.
It is the responsibility of the centre to maintain the unity and integrity of the nation.
President is a constitutional head.

Question 20.
Is it possible for the President of India to be a dictator?
Answer:
Emergency powers of the President indicate that he can be a dictator. But it is not possible for the President to become a dictator because:

In India there exists a Parliamentary form of Government. In this system the President is a constitutional head and his role is nominal.
According to 44th Amendment an Emergency can be proclaimed only on the basis of written advice tendered by the cabinet and the advice of the council of ministers is binding on the President.
If President tries to misuse his powers, he can be removed by impeachment.
President’s rule can’t be imposed at the Centre level.

Question 21.
Describe the election method of the Vice-President of India.
Answer:
The Vice-President of India is elected by an electoral college consisting of the members of both Houses of Parliament in accordance with the system of proportional representation by means of the single transferable vote and the voting at such election shall be by secret ballot. The two Houses need not sit together for this purpose.

Question 22.
Describe in brief the functions of the Vice-President.
Answer:
The duties of the Vice-President are two-fold:1. He is the ex-officio Chairman of the Rajya Sabha and 2. he acts for the President when the office of the President is vacant. Even when the President is ill or otherwise unable to perform the duties of his office, the Vice-President acts for him.

As Chairman of Rajya Sabha. The Vice-president is the ex-officio Chairman of Rajya Sabha, that means that by being the Vice-President of the country, he is the Chairman of the Rajya Sabha. He is to perform various functions in his capacity as the Chairman of the Rajya Sabha and they are given as follows:

He presides over the meetings of the Rajya Sabha.
He maintains decorum and decency in the House.
He allots time to the members to speak.

Question 23.
Describe any four qualifications to become a member of Union Council of Ministers.
Answer:

He must be a citizen of India.
He must not hold any office of profit under the Government of India or the Government of any State.
He must possess such other qualifications as may be prescribed by the Parliament.
No person can be a member of both Houses of Parliament. In case he becomes, he must vacate one of the two seats. Likewise, one person cannot be a member of a House of Parliament and of a State Legislature simultaneously.

Question 24.
How is the Council of Ministers at the centre formed?
Answer:
After the general elections the various parties in the Parliament elect their leaders. The President invites the leader of the majority party and appoints him the Prime Minister. The Prime Minister selects other ministers and sends their names to the President. The President appoints them as ministers. He cannot make any change in the list given to him by the Prime Minister. It might happen that no party has a majority in the Lok Sabha. In such a situation the President invites the leader of the coalition of many parties and appoints him Prime Minister.

The Prime Minister and other ministers have to take oath of loyalty to the Constitution before they assume office.

Question 25.
Give four features of the Cabinet System in India.
Ans.
1. Nominal Head of the State:
The first important feature of the Cabinet system in India is that the President enjoys only nominal powers. The President is a constitutional head of the State.

2. Close Relations Between the Executive and the Legislature:
There is a close relationship between the Cabinet and the Parliament. All the ministers are members of one or the other house of Parliament. They attend the meetings of Parliament, participate in debates and move the bills in the Parliament.

3. Leadership of the Prime Minister:
The Cabinet works under the control and guidance of the Prime Minister. He is the head of the Council of Ministers. He presides over the meetings of the Cabinet and determines the agenda of the meetings.

4. Collective Responsibility:
The Indian Cabinet is responsible to the Lok Sabha. It remains in office so long as it enjoys the confidence of the Lok Sabha. The moment it loses the majority of the members in the house, it has to quit office.

Question 26.
Distinguish between the Cabinet and the Council of Ministers.
Ans.

In the Constitution the words ‘Council of Ministers’ are used and not the word ‘Cabinet’.
The Cabinet is a part of the Council of Ministers. The Council of Ministers consist of all types of ministers. Their number is about 70. But the cabinet consists of only the cabinet ministers. The cabinet consists of about 25 members.
Cabinet is more important than the Council of Ministers. All decisions of the cabinet are to be carried out by the members of the Council of Ministers.
The cabinet ministers get higher salaries than other ministers.

Question 27.
Discuss various types of Ministers in Union Council of Ministers.
Answer:
The Council of Ministers consists of all the ministers. There are four categories of ministers in-India :
1. Cabinet Ministers:
These are the most important ministers. They control the important departments of administration. They frame policies and decide all other important matters. They are generally 20 to 25 in number. It is these ministers who form the Cabinet. All the powers of the Council of Ministers are exercised according to the wishes of the Cabinet.

2. State Ministers:
The state ministers are also head of some departments. But they are not entitled to participate in the meetings of the Cabinet. They can be invited to attend the meetings of the Cabinet when some special issue or the issue concerning their departments is to be discussed.

3. Deputy Ministers:
The Deputy Ministers are appointed to assist the Cabinet ministers and the State ministers in the performance of their functions. A Deputy Minister is not the head of any department. The Deputy Ministers are appointed almost in each department.

4. Parliament Secretaries: Parliament Secretaries are appointed to assist the ministers in the Parliament. They are not the ministers.

Question 28.
Discuss any four functions of Council of Ministers.
Ans.
1. Determination of National Policy:
The policy of the Nation is formulated by the Cabinet. After taking office, the Cabinet is to formulate its internal and external policy according to which it is to run the administration of the State.

3. Foreign Relations:
It is the function of the Cabinet to maintain relations with other countries. These relations are established according to the policies laid down by the Cabinet.

4. Cabinet give a decision in administrative matters.

Question 29.
How is the Prime Minister of India appointed?
Answer:
The President appoints the Prime Minister. He invites the leader of the majority party in the Lok Sabha and appoints him the Prime Minister. If no single party has a majority, many parties may form a coalition to make a majority and elect a leader. Then the leader of the coalition will be appointed as the Prime Minister. After 17th Lok Sabha election in April-May 2019, President appointed Sh. Narender Modi, leader of the National Democratic Alliance as Prime Minister.

Question 30.
What are the functions of Prime Minister?
Answer:
The Prime Minister enjoys vast powers which have made his office very important and powerful. His powers and functions are as ahead:

The first function of the Prime Minister is the formation of Council of Ministers. He has a free hand in the selection of ministers. Number of Council of Ministers depends upon him.
The Prime Minister distributes portfolios among the ministers.
The ministers remain in office during the pleasure of the Prime Minister. The Prime Minister can make changes in the Council of Ministers whenever he likes.
Prime Minister is the leader of the Cabinet. The Cabinet functions under the control of the Prime Minister.

Question 31.
Write down the names of present President, Vice-President and Prime Minister of India.
Answer:
Name of Post – Name of Person

President – Sh. Ram Nath Kovind
Vice President – Sh. Venkaiah Naidu
Prime Minister – Sh. Narendra Modi

Question 32.
Write down the salary of President and Vice-President.
Answer:
Name of Post – Salary (Monthly)

President – Rs. 5,00,000
Vice-President – Rs. 4,00,000

Very Short Type Questions

Question 1.
How is the President of India elected?
Answer:
The President is elected indirectly by an electoral college. Elected members of both the Houses of Parliament and elected members of legislative assemblies of the States constitute the electoral college. The voting is held on the basis of proportional representation by the single transferable vote system.

Question 2.
Describe the tenure of the President.
Answer:
The President is elected for a period of five years. But he can be removed from his office before the expiry date. The President can be removed from office by impeachment only. The Constitution lays down a detailed procedure for the impeachment of the President. He can be impeached “for violation of the Constitution.”

Question 3.
Describe the salary and allowances of the President.
Answer:
The President of India gets a salary of Rs. 5,00,000 per month. According to the President’s Pension Act, a person who ceases to hold office as President, either by expiration of his term of office or by resignation, is entitled to a monthly pension of Rs. 2,50,000.

Question 4.
Write any two privileges of the President.
Answer:

The President of India is not answerable to any court for the exercise of his constitutional rights and powers.
No criminal proceeding can be launched against him during his term.

Question 5.
Describe any two executive powers of the President.
Answer:
Following are the executive powers of the President:

All executive functions of the Union (central) government are performed in the name of the President.
He appoints the Governors, Chief Justice and other judges of the Supreme Court and the High Courts.

Question 6.
Mention two legislative powers of the President.
Answer:
Following are the legislative powers of the President:

He can address both the Houses of the Parliament and can send messages to either house at any time.
He can summon any House of the Parliament at any time.

Question 7.
Explain financial powers of the President.
Answer:

It is the duty of the President to place the Budget for the current year before the Parliament. It is to be presented before the beginning of the financial year. Normally the budget is presented to the Parliament by the
Finance Minister on behalf of the President.
Money Bill can only be introduced in the Parliament on the recommendation of the President.

Question 8.
Describe judicial powers of the President.
Answer:
The President has some judicial powers also. It is provided by Article 122 of the Constitution.

The President appoints the judges and . the chief justices to the Supreme Court and the State High Courts.
The President cannot be sued in any court of India in connection with any matter concerning his office.

Question 9.
Discuss in brief about various emergencies provided in the Constitution of India.
Answer:
There are three types of emergencies provided into the Constitution of India. These are:

National Emergency (Article 352) or Emergency arising out of external aggression or armed rebellion.
Emergency arising out of the failure of constitutional machinery in a state (Art. 356).
Financial Emergency (Art. 360).

Question 10.
What do you understand by National Emergency?
Answer:
According to Art. 352, if the President is satisfied that a grave emergency exists whereby the security of India or any part of India is threatened by war, external aggression or armed rebellion, he may proclaim a state of emergency.

Question 11.
Under which condition the Constitutional Emergency is imposed?
Answer:
According to article 356, if the President, either on the receipt of a report from the Governor of a State or otherwise, is satisfied that a situation has arisen in which the Government of the State cannot b,e carried on in accordance with the provisions of the Constitution, the President can proclaim emergency in that state.

Question 12.
What is the Financial Emergency?
Answer:
According to Article 360, if the President is satisfied that a situation has arisen whereby the financial stability or credit of India or any part of it is threatened, he may declare a Financial Emergency under Article 360 of the constitution. Such a Proclamation may be revoked by a subsequent Proclamation.

Question 13.
Explain any two points of criticism against the emergency powers of the President.
Answer:
Different persons criticised the emergency powers of the President on different grounds. Following are the points of criticisms against the emergency powers of the President:

Possibility of misuse of emergency powers.
Emergency powers are undemocratic.

Question 14.
Describe the justification of emergency powers.
Answer:

Historical experiences reveal that emergency powers are necessary to face national crisis.
National security is more important than that of the individual liberty.

Question 15.
Is it possible for the President of India to be a dictator?
Answer:
It is not possible for the President to become a dictator because:

In India there exists a Parliamentary form of Government. In this system the President is a constitutional head and his role is nominal.
According to 44th Amendment an Emergency can be proclaimed only on the basis of written advice tendered by the cabinet and the advice of the council of ministers is binding on the President.

Question 16.
Describe the election method of the Vice-President of India.
Answer:
The Vice-President of India is elected by an electoral college consisting of the members of both Houses of Parliament in accordance with the system of proportional representation by means of the single transferable vote and the voting at such election shall be by secret ballot. The two Houses need not sit together for this purpose.

Question 17.
Describe the term of the Vice-President.
Answer:
The Vice-President is elected for a term of five years. The period of five years starts from the date on which he enters his office. He is eligible for re-election. The Vice¬President may resign his office by writing to the President before the expiry of five years. Vice-President can be removed from office by impeachment.

Question 18.
Describe about the salary of the Vice-President.
Answer:
The Vice-President is the ex-officio Chairman of the Rajya Sabha and he receives a salary of Rs. 4,00,000 per month. When the Vice-President acts as President, he has all the privileges, powers and immunities of the President. After retirement Vice-President is entitled to a monthly pension of Rs. 2,00,000.

Question 19.
Describe in brief the functions of the Vice-President.
Answer:
The duties of the Vice-President are two-fold:

He is the ex-officio Chairman of the Rajya Sabha and
he acts for the President when the office of the President is vacant. Even when the President is ill or otherwise unable to perform the duties of his office, the Vice-President acts for him.

Question 20.
Discuss any two qualifications to become a member of Union Council of Ministers.
Answer:

He must be a citizen of India.
He must not hold any office of profit under the Government of India or the Government of any State.

Question 21.
How is the Council of Ministers at the centre formed?
Answer:
After the general elections the various parties in the Parliament elect their leaders. The President invites the leader of the majority party and appoints him the Prime Minister. The Prime Minister selects other ministers and sends their names to the President. The President appoints them as ministers.

Question 22.
Give two features of the Cabinet System in India.
Answer:

Nominal Head of the State: The first important feature of the Cabinet system in India is that the President enjoys only nominal powers. The President is a constitutional head of the State.
Close Relations Between the Executive and the Legislature: There is a close relationship between the Cabinet and the Parliament.

Question 23.
Distinguish between the Cabinet and the Council of Ministers.
Answer:

In the Constitution the words ‘Council of Ministers’ are used and not the word ‘Cabinet’.
The Cabinet is a part of the Council of Ministers. The Council of Ministers consist of all types of ministers. Their number is about 70. But the cabinet consists of only the cabinet ministers. The cabinet consists of about 25 members.

Question 24.
Mention any two functions of Council of Ministers.
Answer:

Determination of National Policy: The pohcy of the Nation is formulated by the Cabinet. After taking office, the Cabinet is to formulate its internal and external pohcy according to which it is to run the administration of the State.
Control over Administration: The administration of the country is to be run by the ministers. Every member of the Council of Ministers has one or more departments under his charge and he has to look after its working and administration.

Question 25.
How is the Prime Minister of India appointed?
Answer:
The President appoints the Prime Minister. He invites the leader of the majority party in the Lok Sabha and appoints him the Prime Minister. If no single party has a majority, many parties may form a coalition to make a majority and elect a leader. Then the leader of the coalition will be appointed as the Prime Minister.

Question 26.
What are the functions of Prime Minister?
Answer:
The Prime Minister enjoys vast powers which have made his office very important and powerful. His powers and functions are as follows:

The first function of the Prime Minister is the formation of Council of Ministers. He has a free hand in the selection of ministers. Number of Council of Ministers depends upon him.
The Prime Minister distributes portfolios among the ministers.

One Word to One Sentence Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What is the term of the Prime Minister?
Answer:
The Prime Minister does not have a fixed tenure of office. He remains in office so long as he enjoys .the support of the majority party.

Question 2.
Mention any one power of the Prime Minister.
Answer:
The first and significant duty o$ the Prime Minister is the formation of the Council of Ministers.

Question 3.
Who is the leader of the Cabinet?
Answer:
The Prime Minister is the leader of the Cabinet.

Question 4.
Who was the first Prime Minister of India?
Answer:
Pt. Jawahar Lal Nehru was the first Prime Minister of India.

Question 5.
Who is the link between the Council of Ministers and the President? Answer:The Prime Minister is the link between the Council of Ministers and the President.

Fill in the blanks

1. The …………… of India is head of the state.
Answer:
President

2. Minimum age needed for the President is …………… .
Answer:
35 years

3. The term of office of the Indian President is …………… .
Answer:
Five years

4. Sh …………… appointed Prime Minister after 17th Lok Sabha.
Answer:
Narendra Modi.

True or False statement

1. President is the head of the state.
Answer:
True.

2. Prime Minister is the head of the state.
Answer:
False

3. The tenure of the Cabinet is 10 years.
Answer:
False

4. Prime Minister form the Council of Minsters.
Answer:
True.

5. Prime Minister is the Chief Co-ordinator in the Cabinet.
Answer:
True.

Choose The Correct Answer

Question 1.
Who will administer the oath of office to the person who is to take over as President?
(A) Chief Justice of High Court
(B) Vice-President
(C) Chief Justice of India
(D) Speaker.
Answer:
(C) Chief Justice of India

Question 2.
The Cabinet is responsible to the
(A) Prime Minister
(B) President
(C) Parliament
(D) Speaker.
Answer:
(C) Parliament

Question 3.
The Prime Minister is appointed by the:
(A) President
(B) Parliament
(C) Cabinet
(D) Supreme Court.
Answer:
(A) President

Question 4.
The President of India is elected by:
(A) The Parliament
(B) The Assemblies
(C) The People
(D) The Electoral College.
Answer:
(D) The Electoral College.

Question 5.
The term of office of the Indian President is:
(A) 3 years
(B) 5 years
(C) 2 years
(D) 4 years.
Answer:
(B) 5 years

Question 6.
Minimum age needed for president is:
(A) 25 years
(B) 30 years
(C) 21 years
(D) 35 years.
Answer:
(D) 35 years.

Question 7.
The tenure of the Prime Minister is:
(A) 5 yeafrs
(B) 6 years
(C) 4 years
(D) Not fixed.
Answer:
(D) Not fixed.

Question 8.
The Prime Minister presides over:
(A) Lok Sabha
(B) Rajya Sabha
(C) Cabinet
(D) Parliament.
Answer:
(C) Cabinet

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Voice

February 16, 2024February 15, 2024 by Prasanna

Punjab State Board PSEB 10th Class English Book Solutions English Grammar Voice Exercise Questions and Answers, Notes.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Voice

Change the Voice in the following sentences.

Question 1.
1. She will water the plants.
2. We expect happy news.
3. Does Raghu speak the truth?
4. They did not listen to me.
5. He helped his father in his old age.
6. The children were collecting stamps.
7. Columbus discovered America.
8. You cannot always expect such wonders.
9. Somebody has stolen my camera.
10. The boss has accepted my proposal.
11. I know his ways.
12. Do not insult your elders.
13. The teacher will punish the naughty boys.
14. Your behaviour displeased me.
15. Am I favouring you ?
Answer:
1. The plants will be watered by her.
2. Happy news is expected by us.
3. Is the truth spoken by Raghu ?
4. I was not listened to by them.
5. His father was helped in his old age by him.
6. Stamps were being collected by the children.
7. America was discovered by Columbus.
8. Such wonders cannot be expected always.
9. My camera has been stolen.
10. My proposal has1 been accepted by the boss.
11. His ways are known to me.
12. Your elders should not be insulted.
13. The naughty boys will be punished by the teach
14. I was displeased with your behaviour
15. Are you being favoured by plan

Question 2.
1. A race is run by them.
2. Who had been fined ?
3. A noise was made by you.
4. By whom are you taught English ?
5. It has to be learnt by heart.
6. Nothing will be done by them.
7. What is wanted by you ?
8. They were being taught by us.
9. The beggar was being insulted by them.
10. He will not have been abused by us.
11. I should not be disturbed.
12. My camera has been stolen by her.
13. This picture has been painted by me.
14. The thieves were caught by the police.
15. The child was knocked down by a car.
Answer:
1. They are running a race.
2. Who had fined him / her ?
3. You mame noise.
4. Who teaches you English ?
5. One has to learn it by heart.
6. Men will do nothing.
7. What do you want ?
8. We were teaching they them.
9. They were insulting the beggar.
10. We will not have abused
11. Nobody should disturb me.
12. She has stolen my camera.
13. I am have painted this picture.
14. The police caught the thieves.
15. A car knocked down the child.

Question 3.
1. I have seen this.
2. Nobody has touched it.
3. One must do one’s duty.
4. It is time to have tea.
5. He may avoid you.
6. Have you called out the roll ?
7. The police have arrested him.
8. May I smoke?
9. Let her sing.
10. They say that honesty is the best policy.
Answer:
1. This has been seen by me.
2. It has not been touched by anybody.
3. Duty must be done.
4. It is time for tea to be had.
5. You may be avoided by him.
6. Has the roll been called out by you ?
7. He has been arrested (by the police).
8. May I be permitted to smoke ?
9. She should be allowed to sing.
10. It is said that honesty is the best policy.

Question 4.
1. What cannot be cured must be endured.
2. It was hoped that he would pass.
3. Let the match be played by them.
4. It is said that virtue is its own reward.
5. You may be avoided by him.
6. His name will have to be struck off.
7. You are requested to listen to him.
8. I am astonished at his way of talking.
9. It should be done.
10. It is time to call in the doctor.
Answer:
1. One must endure what cannot be cured.
2. We hoped that he would pass
3. Let them play the match.
4. They say that virtue is its own reward.
5. He may avoid you.
6. They will have to strike off his name.
7. I request you to listen to him.
8. His way of talking astonishes me.
9. You should do it.
10. It is time for the doctor to be called in.

Question 5.
1. A meeting is being held here.
2. The bond was signed.
3. Duty must be done.
4. They were refused admission to this school.
5. Many persons were thrown out of jobs.
6. They were forced to listen.
7. What cannot be cured must be endured.
8. The child has been named Udit.
9. Promises will always be kept.
10. I was made captain of the school cricket team.
Answer:
1. They are holding a meeting here.
2. They signed the bond.
3. One must do one’s duty.
4. The Principal refused to admit them to this school.
5. The company threw many persons out of jobs.
6. He forced them to listen
7. One must endure what cannot be cured.
8. The parents have named the child Udit.
9. We will always keep our promises.
10. They made me captain of the school cricket team.

Question 6.
1. He is a man to trust.
2. I shall have to strike off his name. (His name will have to be struck off.)
3. Women like men to flatter them.
4. I want to buy this car.
5. He wants to become a pilot.
6. Shall I have to punish him ?
7. You have to do it.
8. It is time to say goodbye.
9. I have a lot yet to do.
10. He is a person to rely on.
Answer:
1. He is a man to be trusted.
2. His name will have to be struck off.
3. Women like to be flattered by men.
4. It is wanted by me to buy this car.
5. Becoming a pilot is wanted by him.
6. Will he have to be punished by me ?
7. It has to be done by you.
8. It is time for goodbye to be said.
9. A lot is yet to be done by me.
10. He is a person to be relied on.

Question 7.
1. Why did you abuse me ?
2. Who told a lie ?
3. When did you see the star ?
4. How has the teacher marked her absent ?
5. When did you pluck these flowers ?
Answer:
1. Why was I abused by you ?
2. By whom was a lie told ?
3. When was the star seen by you ?
4. How has she been marked absent by the teacher ?
5. When were these flowers plucked by you ?

Question 8.
1. Help everybody.
2. Help me, please.
3. Never waste your time.
4. Speak no evil of anybody.
5. Post this letter.
6. Learn it by heart.
7. Do not make a noise.
8. Show the guests in.
9. Kindly grant me leave.
10. Sit down, please.
Answer:
1. Everybody should be helped.
2. I may please be helped.
3. Never let your time be wasted.
4. Let not evil of anybody be spoken
5. Let this letter be posted.
6. It should be learned by heart.
7. Let a noise not be made.
8. The guests should be shown in.
9. I may kindly be granted leave.
10. You are requested to sit down.

Question 9.
1. Is this book being sold well ?
2. Quinine tastes bitter.
3. Is this medicine sweet when tasted ?
4. Sea water is saltish when tasted.
5. Does honey taste sweet ?
Answer:
1. Is this book selling well ?
2. Quinine is bitter when tasted.
3. Does this medicine taste sweet ?
4. Sea water tastes saltish.
5. Is honey sweet when – tasted ?

Question 10.
1. He may join the strike.
2. You can do it.
3. I cannot digest it.
4. Why should I do it ?
5. You should teach him a lesson.
6. You should respect your elders.
7. You ought to help the poor.
8. We should not laugh at others.
9. We must respect our elders.
10. You need not send this letter.
Answer:
1. The strike may be joined by him.
2. It can be done by you.
3. It cannot be digested by me.
4. Why should it be done by me ?
5. He should be taught a lesson by you.
(Or)
A lesson should be taught to him by you.
6. Your elders should be respected by you.
7. The poor ought to be helped by you.
8. Others should not be laughed at by us.
9. Our elders must be respected by us.
10. This letter need not be sent (by you)

Question 11.
1. He did not allow her to sit.
2. Parents should not over-protect their children.
3. You have to do it.
4. Why did you laugh at the poor man?
5. He is playing the game.
6. What did you see there?
7. I love my parents.
8. He has been arrested.
9. She was dismissed from service.
10. How can you solve this sum ?
Answer:
1. She was not allowed to sit by him.
2. The children should not be over protected by their parents.
3. It has to be done by you.
4. Why was the poor me in laughed at by you ?
5. The game is being played by him.
6. What was see n there by you ?
7. My parents are loved by me.
8. The police has arrested him
9. The boss dismissed her from service.
10. How can this sum be solved ( by you)

Active Voice

जिस वाक्य में Subject का सीधा सम्बन्ध Verb के साथ होता है (अर्थात् कर्ता के अनुसार क्रिया का रूप निर्धारित होता है), उसे Active Voice का वाक्य कहा जाता है। Passive Voice-जिस वाक्य में कर्म के अनुसार क्रिया का रूप निर्धारित होता है (और कर्ता का क्रिया पर कोई प्रभाव नहीं होता), उसे Passive Voice का वाक्य कहा जाता है।

Present Indefinite Tense

(is / am / are +V₃)

Active	Passive
1. She helps the, poor. 2. We expect good news. 3. I know him. 4. Radha does not sing a song. 5. Who teaches you English ? 6. What do you want ?	1. The poor are helped by her. 2. Good news is expected by us. 3. He is known to me. 4. A song is not sung by Radha. 5. By whom are you taught English ? 6. What is wanted by you ?

Change the Voice in the following sentences :

1. He does not love me.
2. We respect our elders.
3. 1 do not laugh at him.
4. Kanta solves her sums.
5. We expect happy news
6. Parents love their children.
7. Carpenters make furniture.
8. Do the farmers grow wheat ?
9. She does not deliver a speech.
10. Does Sita take care of her son

Past Indefinite Tense

(was / were + V₃)

Active	Passive
1. She kept us waiting. 2. I employed many men. 3. The hunter did not kill the birds. 4. Did he give you anything ? 5. Who lent you this book ? 6. Which picture did you see last night ?	1. We were kept waiting by her. 2. Many men were employed by me. 3. The birds were not killed by the hunter. 4. Were you given anything by him ? 5. By whom were you lent this book ? 6. Which picture was seen by you last night ?

Present Continuous Tense

(is / am / are + being + V₃)

Active	Passive
1. The gardener is plucking flowers. 2. He is driving a motor car. 3. Boys are flying kites. 4. Is she reading a book? 5. Why are you wasting your time? 6. Who is laughing at the beggar?	1. Flowers are being plucked by the gardener. 2. A motor car is being driven by him. 3. Kites are being flown by boys. 4. Is a book being read by her? 5. Why is your time being wasted by you? 6. By whom is the beggar being laughed at?

Change the Voice :

1. We are helping them.
2. Am I favouring you ?
3. She is singing a song.
4. He is painting a picture.
5. They are playing hockey.
6. The child is not cutting teeth.
7. The child is enjoying the game.
8. Are they knocking at the door ?
9. Are they not serving their country ?
10. Are the boys laughing at the old man ?

Past Continuous Tense

(was / were + being + V₃)

Active	Passive
1. The hunter was aiming at the lion. 2. She was milking the cow. 3. The peon was ringing the bell. 4. The farmer was not ploughing the field. 5. Were they learning their lesson ? 6. What was Sohan doing ?	1. The lion was being aimed at by the hunter. 2. The cow was being milked by her. 3. The bell was being rung by the peon. 4. The field was not being ploughed by the farmer. 5. Was their lesson being learnt by them ? 6. What was being done by Sohan ?

Change the Voice:

1. I was closing the shop.
2. Was I writing a letter ?
3. Were you insulting him ?
4. Were they reading novels ?
5. Sita was ironing the clothes.
6. They were chasing the thief.
7. She was asking for more work.
8. They were not selling their books.
9. The mother was looking after the child nicely.
10. Was the gardener plucking flowers from the garden ?

Present Perfect Tense

(has / have + been + V₃)

Active	Passive
1. I have done my duty. 2. She has sold her cow. 3. They have not broken the windowpane. 4. Have you ever seen a lion ? 5. Why has Sohan not finished his work? 6. Who has stolen my pencil ?	1. My duty has been done by me. 2. Her cow has been sold by her. 3. The windowpane has not been broken by them. 4. Has a lion ever been seen by you ? 5. Why has his work not been finished by Sohan ? 6. By whom has my pencil been stolen ?

Change the Voice :
1. He has taken tea.
2. You have not told lies.
3. Have you seen a zoo?
4. I have won the match.
5. I have spoken the truth.
6. Has Rama seen this picture?
7. Sita has washed all her clothes.
8. Has the judge set the prisoner free?
9. Has he paid his insurance premium?
10. They have not learnt anything from the past.

Present Perfect Tense

(has / have + been + V₃)

Active	Passive
1. The watchman had already opened the gate. 2. We had never visited Amritsar before. 3. Had you never seen this place before? 4. Who had invited you to the feast? 5. Had he finished his work by 4 p.m.?	1. The gate had already been opened by the watchman. 2. Amritsar had never been visited by us before. 3. Had this place never been seen by you before? 4. By whom had you been invited to the feast? 5. Had his work been finished by him by 4 p.m.?

Change the Voice :
1. I had paid all the dues.
2. Had you hidden the ball ?
3. Who had broken the chair ?
4. I had told him the entire story.
5. She had never told a lie before.
6. They had gathered the flowers.
7. Why had he stolen your books ?
8. Had you never seen the Taj before ?
9. The gardener had watered the plants.
10. Had they looked into the whole matter ?

Future Perfect Tense

(will / shall + have been + V₃)

Active	Passive
1. I shall have planted a tree. 2. He will have read this book. 3. He will have sold his house. 4. She will have taken the test. 5. Will he have written a letter?	1. A tree will have been planted by me. 2. This book will have been read by him. 3. His house will have been sold by him. 4. The test will have been taken by her. 5. Will a letter have been written by him?

Change the Voice :
1. He will have abused me.
2. Who will have done this ?
3. We shall have heard a noise.
4. You will have done your duty.
5. I shall have received the letter.
6. Will she have posted her letter ?
7. Rama will have won the match by 6 p.m.
8. I will have finished my work before evening.
9. They will have taken their lunch before you reach there.
10. Will the doctor have examined the patient before you reach there ?

Imperative Sentences

(Object + should be + V₃) Or (Let + Object + be + V₃)

Active	Passive
1. Shut the door. 2. Obey your parents. 3. Carry it home. 4. Never tell a lie. 5. Let him play the match. 6. Please bring me a glass of water.	1. The door should be shut. 2. Let your parents be obeyed. 3. Let it be carried home. 4. A lie should never be told. 5. Let the match be played by him. 6. You are. requested to bring me a glass of water.

Change the Voice :
1. Post this letter.
2. Help me, please.
3. Sit down, please.
4. Learn it by heart.
5. Never waste your time.
6. Show the guests in.
7. Do not make a noise.
8. Kindly grant me leave.
9. Never waste your time.
10. Speak no evil of anybody.

Prepositional Verbs

कुछ Verbs के साथ विशेष Prepositions या Adverb Particles का प्रयोग किया जाता है। Active Passive दोनों तरह के वाक्यों में ये Prepositions या Adverb Particles सम्बन्धित Verbs के सा लगाए जाने चाहिएं। इन्हें Verbs से अलग नहीं किया जा सकता है।

Active

Passive

1. The people listened to him with respect.
2. I objected to his proposal.
3. The rich often laugh at the poor.
4. We must take care of our health.
5. They switched off the lights.
6. A car ran over an old man.
7. The police charged her with murder.
8. The Principal turned down my request.
9. The thieves cut down the telephone wires.
10. I cannot think of such a thing.

1. He was listened to with respect by the people.
2. His proposal was objected to by me.
3. The poor are often laughed at by the rich.
4. Health must be taken care of.
5. The lights were switched off.
6. An old man was run over by a car.
7. She was charged with murder by the police.
8. My request was turned down by the Principal.
9. The telephone wires were cut down by the thieves.
10. Such a thing cannot be thought of by me.

Change the Voice :
1. Are you listening to me?
2. I have sent for the doctor.
3. He has idled away his time.
4. Did he laugh at that insult?
5. They laid out a small garden.
6. Did the people cheer him up?
7. A car knocked down the child.
8. Has she asked for a new servant?
9. Why are you laughing at the poor man?
10. The boys did not throw stones at the beggar.

Passive of Infinitives

Active	Passive
1. She begged the Principal to forgive her. 2. I hope to overcome my difficulties. 3. I have to do this work. 4. It expect you to finish the work. 5 It is time to give the order.	1. She begged the Principal to be forgiven. 2. I hope my difficulties to be overcome. 3. This work has to be done by me. 4. I expect the work to be finished by you. 5. It is time for the order to be given.

Change the Voice :
1. You have to do it.
2. It is time to take tea.
3. He is a man to trust.
4. I want to buy this book.
5. I have to attend a party.
6. It is time to say our prayers.
7. It is time to revise our books.
8. Shall I have to punish him ?
9. Women like men to flatter them.
10. I shall have to strike off his name.

Use of Prepositions other than ‘by’

कुछ वाक्यों के Passive voicé में ‘by’ के स्थान पर किसी अन्य Preposition का प्रयोग होता है।

Active	Passive
1. His behaviour disgusts me. 2. The jug contains milk. 3. The news surprised us. 4. Gardening interests my mother. 5. You cannot please her. 6. I know him. 7. His jokes amused us. 8. His conduct amazed us.	1. I am disgusted with his behaviour. 2. Milk is contained in the jug. 3. We were surprised at the news. 4. My mother is interested in gardening. 5. She cannot be pleased with you. 6. He is known to me. 7. We were amused at his jokes. 8. We were amazed at his conduct.

Change the Voice :
1. I know this man.
2. This pot contains milk.
3. His behaviour surprised me.
4. Does she know the manager ?
5. The audience thronged the hall.
6. The sun ripens the hanging fruit.
7. His death has shocked everybody.
8. Didn’t his performance displease her?
9. Your harsh words will annoy everybody.
10. Your manners have impressed your boss.

Interrogative Sentences (Mixed Type)

नोट: What, why, when, how, which, where, who,आदि से शुरू होने वाले प्रश्नान्मक वाक्य निम्नलिखित हैं

Active	Passive
1. What do you want ? 2. Who teaches you English ? 3. Whom do you love ? 4. Where will you spend your holidays ? 5. Whence have you bought this pen? 6. When will you see him ? 7. Why did he abuse you ?	1. What is wanted by you ? 2. By whom are you taught English ? 3. Who is loved by you ? 4. Where will your holidays be spent by you ? 5. Whence has this pen been bought by you ? 6. When will he be seen by you ? 7. Why were you abused by him ?

Change the Voice :
1. Who told a lie ?
2. Whom do you like ?
3. Whom did you see ?
4. What does he want ?
5. Who stole your pen ?
6. Who had visited Delhi ?
7. Why did you abuse me ?
8. Whom will you elect President ?
9. When did you pluck these flowers ?
10. Why has the teacher marked me absent ?

Use of can, could, may, etc.

(can, could, may, might, should, would, dare, etc. + be +V₃)

Active	Passive
1. You should write the address neatly. 2. One cannot please everybody. 3. We should always speak the truth. 4 You must listen to his words. 5. One should do one’s duty. 6. Somebody must help this poor Woman.	1. The address should be written neatly. 2. Everybody cannot be pleased. 3. The truth should always be spoken by us. 4. His words must be listened to. 5. Duty should be done. 6. This poor woman must be helped.

Change the Voice :
1. I cannot do it.
2. You can do it.
3. Why should I do it?
4. May I take your book?
5. May I see this picture?
6. He may win a scholarship.
7. You ought to help the poor.
8. We should not laugh at others.
9. You should teach him a lesson.
10. You should respect your parents.

Implied Subject

Passive Voice के कुछ वाक्यों में by + agent नहीं दिया गया होता है, किन्तु ऐसे वाक्यों में कर्ता का अनुमान लगाने में कोई कठिनाई नहीं होती है। अत: Passive Voice से Active Voice बनाने में उसी कर्ता का प्रयोग किया जाना चाहिए।

Passive	Active
1. You are wanted outside. 2. The thief has been arrested. 3. The telephone wires were cut. 4. The matter will be discussed tomorrow. 5. He was elected Member of Parliament.	1. Someone wants you outside. 2. The police have arrested the thief. 3. The thieves cut the telephone wires. 4. The committee will discuss the matter tomorrow 5. People elected him Member of Parliament.

Change the Voice :
1. Duty must be done.
2. The bond was signed.
3. They were forced to listen.
4. Promises will always be kept.
5. A meeting is being held here.
6. The child has been named Mohan.
7. Many persons were thrown out of jobs.
8. What cannot be cured must be endured.
9. They were refused admission to this school.
10. I was made captain of the school cricket team.

Double-Object-Type Sentences

कुछ वाक्यों में दो Objects होते हैं; जैसे
I gave him a book

पहले Object को Indirect Object और दूसरे को Direct Object कहा जाता है।
Passive Voice बनाते समय प्राय: Indirect Object को ही Subject के रूप में प्रयोग किया जाता
He was given a book by me.

किन्तु यदि Direct Object को Subject के रूप में प्रयोग किया जाना हो तो Indirect Object से पूर्व to अथवा for का प्रयोग करना पड़ता है। जैसे
A book was given to him by me.

Active	Passive
1. I gave him a book. (or)2. He teaches us English. (or)3. You have written him a letter (or)4. She handed Ram a letter. (or)5. They gave her a test. (or)	1. A book was given to him by me. He was given a book by me.2. English is taught to us by him. We are taught English by him.3. A letter has been written to him by you. He has been written a letter by you.4. A letter was handed to Ram by her. Ram was handed a letter by her.5. She was given a test by them. A test was given to her by them.

Change the Voice :
1. You gave him a pen.
2. She teaches him English.
3. Who gave you this money ?
4. My uncle sent me a present.
5. Has Ram told you the truth ?
6. They do not give him good food
7. Do you explain the case to him ?
8. The teacher did not give us a test.
9. Have you given him our umbrella ?
10. They will have sent him a lovely watch.

PSEB 5th Class EVS Solutions Chapter 19 पानी-आंतरिक संसार

February 14, 2025February 13, 2024 by Prasanna

Punjab State Board PSEB 5th Class EVS Book Solutions Chapter 19 पानी-आंतरिक संसार Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 5 EVS Chapter 19 पानी-आंतरिक संसार

EVS Guide for Class 5 PSEB पानी-आंतरिक संसार Textbook Questions and Answers

पृष्ठ-129-130

क्रिया 1.
एक मिठाई वाला या जूतों वाला खाली डिब्बा लें। उसके अन्दर नीले रंग का कागज़ चिपकाओ। नीचे वाले भाग में घास-फूस की सहायता से समुद्री वनस्पति दिखाएं। गत्ते के टुकड़ों में रंग कर चट्टानें/पत्थर दिखाएं। अब इसमें मछलियां/जल जीवों की तस्वीरें चिपकाएं। अंत में इसको ऊपर से लेमीनेशन-शीट से ढक दें। अक्वेरीअम का मॉडल तैयार है।
उत्तर :
स्वयं करें।
PSEB 5th Class EVS Solutions Chapter 19 पानी-आंतरिक संसार 2

मगरमच्छ,
कछुआ,
मेंढक,
आक्टोपस,
तारा मछली,
डाल्फीन,
मुर्गाबी,
बत्तख।

पृष्ठ-130

क्रिया 2.
बच्चों को भिन्न-भिन्न जलीय जीवों की तस्वीरें दिखाकर प्रत्येक बच्चे को अलगअलग जलीय-जीवों के मॉडल तैयार करने के लिए कहा जाये।
उत्तर :
स्वयं करें।

पृष्ठ-131

प्रश्न 1.
रिक्त स्थान भरें- (कमल, दुनिया, व्हेल, जलीय)
(क) पानी के भीतर एक पूरी ………………………………….. बसती है!
(ख) ………………………………….. जीव हमेशा पानी में ही रहते हैं।
(ग) सबसे बड़ा समुद्री जीव ………………………………….. है।
(घ) ………………………………….. का पत्ता रोटी की तरह गोल होता है।
उत्तर :
(क) दुनिया,
(ख) जलीय,
(ग) व्हेल,
(घ) कमल।

प्रश्न 2.
निम्नलिखित सही कथन पर (✓) और गलत कथन पर (✗) का निशान लगाएं :

(क) पानी में रहने वाले जीव थलीय जीव होते
(ख) व्हेल सबसे बड़ा समुद्री जीव है।
(ग) जल लिली ताज़े खड़े पानी में होती है।
(घ) समुद्र के अन्दर वनस्पति भी होती है।
उत्तर :
(क) ✗
(ख) ✓
(ग) ✓
(घ) ✓

प्रश्न 3.
सही मिलान करें
1. शार्क (क) आठ टांगें
2. आक्टोपस (ख) गलफड़े
3. कछुआ (ग) नोकीले दाँत
4. मछली (घ) सख्त खोल
उत्तर :
1. (ग),
2. (क),
3. (घ),
4. (ख)

प्रश्न 4.
निम्नलिखित प्रश्नों के ठीक उत्तर पर सही (✓) का निशान लगाएं :

(क) निम्नलिखित में से कौन सा जल-थलीय जीव है ?
शार्क
मगरमच्छ
व्हेल
उत्तर :
मगरमच्छ

(ख) निम्नलिखित में से कौन सा फूल पानी में खिलता है ?
गुलाब
सूरजमुखी
जल-लिली।
उत्तर :
जल-लिली

(ग) मछलियाँ कौन-से अंग द्वारा सांस लेती हैं ?
नाक
फेफड़े
गलफड़े
उत्तर :
गलफड़े

(घ) निम्नलिखित में से कौन-सा पक्षी पानी के ऊपर रहता है ?
बत्तख
टटहिरी
मोर
उत्तर :
बत्तख

(ङ) गहरे-खारे समुद्री जल में रहने वाला जीव।
मेंढक
कछुआ
तारा मछली
उत्तर :
तारा मछली

प्रश्न 5.
कोई पांच जलीय जीवों के नाम लिखें।
उत्तर :
कुछ जलीय जीव हैं-स्टार फिश, आक्टोपस, समुद्री घोड़ा, सील, व्हेल, शार्क मछली आदि।

प्रश्न 6.
कोई तीन जल-थलीय जीवों के नाम लिखें।
उत्तर :
मेंढक, मगरमच्छ, कछुआ।

प्रश्न 7.
हमारा राष्ट्रीय फूल कौन-सा है ?
उत्तर :
कमल।

प्रश्न 8.
सबसे बड़ा समुद्री जीव कौन-सा है ?
उत्तर :
व्हेल मछली।

प्रश्न 9.
पानी के ऊपर रहने वाले कुछ पक्षियों के नाम लिखो।
उत्तर :
बतखें, हंस, मुरगाबियाँ, बगुले।

प्रश्न 10.
व्हेल (whale) के बारे में आप क्या जानते हैं ? (4-5 वाक्यों में उत्तर दें)
उत्तर :
व्हेल सब से बड़ा समुद्री जीव है। इसका – भार 120 से 150 टन के करीब होता है। यह 90 से 100 फुट लंबी होती है।

प्रश्न 11.
मछलियाँ साँस कैसे लेती हैं ?
अथवा
मछलियां कौन से अंग से सांस लेती हैं ?
उत्तर :
मछलियाँ पानी में घुली ऑक्सीजन को साँस लेने के लिए प्रयोग करती हैं। यह अपने विशेष अंग गलफड़ों के द्वारा ऐसा करती हैं।

प्रश्न 12.
कमल के पौधे के बारे में 4-5 वाक्य लिखो।
उत्तर :
कमल हमारा राष्ट्रीय फूल है। यह पौधा पानी में पैदा होता है। इसका पत्ता बहुत बड़ा रोटी के जैसे गोल होता है। इसके फूल सफेद या गुलाबी होते हैं। इसकी डंडी लंबी होती है।

PSEB 5th Class EVS Guide पानी-आंतरिक संसार Important Questions and Answers

1. ठीक पर (✓) लगाएं

(i) कीट पतंगे ……………………………… द्वारा सांस लेते हैं।
(क) गलफडे
(ख) फेफड़े
(ग) सांस नली
(घ) कोई नहीं।
उत्तर :
(ग) सांस नली

2. ……………………………… पक्षी होने के बावजूद तैर सकता है।
(क) पैंगुइन
(ख) मेंढक
(ग) मछली
(घ) सभी
उत्तर :
(क) पैंगुइन

(iii) मगरमच्छ धरती पर भी रह लेता है तथा पानी में भी इसलिए वह ……………………………… जीव है।
(क) जलीय
(ख) स्थलीय
(ग) जलथली
(घ) भद्दा।
उत्तर :
(ग) जलथली

2. एक/दो वाक्यों में उत्तर दें

प्रश्न 1.
जल कुम्भी पौधे के बारे में आप क्या जानते हैं ?
उत्तर :
यह वेल-नुमा पौधा होता है जो खड़े पानी के स्रोतों में बहत तेजी से फैलता है।

प्रश्न 2.
कछुआ कैसा जीव है ?
उत्तर :
यह एक जल-थली जीव है तथा बहुत सुस्त जीव है।

प्रश्न 3.
पौधों को भोजन कौन देता है ?
उत्तर :
पौधे अपना भोजन स्वयं ही तैयार करते

3. रिक्त स्थान भरें
(i) मछली ………………………………………….. द्वारा सांस लेती है।
(ii) कीट-पतंगे ………………………………………….. द्वारा सांस लेते हैं।
(iii) कुमुदिनी तथा ………………………………………….. पानी पर तैरते हैं।
(iv) नीली व्हेल का ………………………………………….. भार होता हैं।
उत्तर :
(i) गलफड़े
(ii) साँस नलिकाएँ
(iii) हाइसिंथ
(iv) 120-150 टन.

4. ठीक/गलत-

(i) पैंगुइन पक्षी होते हुए भी तैर सकते हैं।
(ii) मछली के स्केलज़ इसकी त्वचा को गीला होने नहीं देते।
(iii) समुद्री घोड़े, केंकड़े समुद्र के पानी में पाये जाते हैं।
(iv) कछुआ, मगरमच्छ जैसे जल स्थलीय जीव नहीं है।
उत्तर :
(i) ठीक,
(ii) ठीक,
(iii) ठीक,
(iv) गलत।

5. मिलान करें

(i) मगरमच्छ (क) चमड़ी
(ii) मेंढक (ख) जल-थली जीव
(iii) मछली (ग) फेफड़े
(iv) कछुआ (घ) गलफड़े
उत्तर :
(i) (ख),
(ii) (क),
(iii) (घ),
(iv) (ग)।

6. दिमागी कसरत (माइंड मैप)

PSEB 5th Class EVS Solutions Chapter 19 पानी-आंतरिक संसार 1
उत्तर :

7. पाँच/छः वाक्यों में उत्तर दें

प्रश्न 1.
दो जल थली जीवों के बारे लिखें।
उत्तर :
जल-थली जीवों से भाव है कि ऐसे जीव जो पानी तथा धरती दोनों पर रह सकते हैं। उदाहरणें हैं-मगरमच्छ, मेंढक, कछुआ आदि।

मगरमच्छ-इसके दाँत तीखे होते हैं तथा जबाड़ा मज़बूत होता है। यह अपने शिकार को पलों में ही झपट लेता है।
मेंढक-यह पानी में तेज़ी से तैरता है तथा धरती पर ऊँची तथा लम्बी छलांगे लगाता है। अपनी लम्बी जीभ में कीटों को पकड़ लेता है।

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 17 Preamble to the Indian Constitution

February 12, 2024 by Prasanna

Punjab State Board PSEB 11th Class Political Science Book Solutions Chapter 17 Preamble to the Indian Constitution Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 11 Political Science Chapter 17 Preamble to the Indian Constitution

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Write a critical note on the Preamble to the Indian Constitution.
Or
What are the guiding principles mentioned in the Preamble to the Indian Constitution? Discuss briefly.
Or
India is a Sovereign, Socialist, Secular, Democratic Republic. Explain.
Answer:
It has been considered essential, and advisable also, that every written Constitution should have a preamble. The preamble to a Constitution mirrors the spirit of Constitution. The Indian Constitution also begins with a preamble. Strictly speaking, the preamble does not constitute a part of the Constitution. That does not, however, mitigate its importance. The Preamble serves the purpose of a window through which we peep into the intentions of the makers of the Constitution.

In short, the preamble is a summary of the objectives and the basic philosophy of a Constitution. It helps in the interpretation of the Constitution. Commenting upon its significance former Chief Justice Subba Rao of the Supreme Court said, ‘The objective sought to be achieved by the constitution is declared in sonorous terms in the preamble. It contains, in a nutshell, its ideals and its aspirations. The preamble is not a platitude but the mode of its realisation as worked out in detail in the Constitution.” Thus, the preamble to the Indian Constitution helps us in understanding the basic philosophy of the Indian Constitution.

The preamble serves another purpose. It enables the people to assess and evaluate the preformance of the Government in the light of the objectives laid down in the Preamble. Any Government, which slacks down or becomes indifferent towards the fulfilment of the aspirations incorporated in the preamble runs the risk of being ousted from office. It keeps the Government thus on its toes.

Preamble to the Indian Constitution:
The Constitution of India begins with the preamble. It runs as under:
“We, the people of India, having solemnly resolved to constitute India into a Sovereign, Socialist, Secular, Democratic, Republic and to secure to all its citizens:

JUSTICE, social, economic and political
LIBERTY of thought, expression, belief, faith and worship
EQUALITY of status and of opportunity ; and to promote among them all
FRATERNITY assuming the dignity of the individual and the unity and integrity of the Nation

In our Constituent Assembly, this twenty-sixth day of November, 1949, do hereby adopt, enact and give to ourselves this Constitution”: Amendment to the Preamble. The forty-second Amendment put into force with effect from 18th December, 1976, amended the Preamble to include the words “Socialist and Secular.” So, in its amended form the preamble declares India to be a Sovereign, Socialist, Secular, Democratic and Republic. The addition of these two new adjectives has transformed the very character and spirit of the Constitution.
For the words “Unity of the Nation” the words “Unity and Integrity of the Nation” are substituted.

Significance:
In the words of M.V. Pylee, “The preamble to the constitution is one of the best of its kind ever drafted. Both in ideas and ideals and in expression it is unrivalled. It embodies the spirit of the constitution, the determination of Indian people to unite themselves in a common adventure of building up a new and independent nation which will ensure the triumph of Justice, equality and fraternity.” The Preamble to the Constitution throws light on three very important matters:
1. The source of authority,
2. the nature of the Indian polity and
3. the objectives of the Constitution.

1. Source of Constitutional Authority:
The Preamble expresses in a very clear language that people are the ultimate source of all authority. It is the people who have adopted and enacted the Constitution; it is the people who have given this Constitution to themselves.” Though the Indian Constitution does not contain any independent Article (The Constitution of Ireland by Art. 6 and the Tenth Amendment of the American Constitution) declaring that all authority flows from the people, yet the Preamble emphasises the ultimate sovereignty of the people.

In other words, the Constitution of India which came into effect on Jan. 26, 1950, has not been imposed upon us. The people of India in their sovereign capacity have adopted the Constitution for themselves. They have framed a Constitution which fulfils the aims and aspirations of the people. “The Constitution is for the people, the people are not for the Constitution.” Some critics, however, challenge the view that the Constitution has been framed by the people themselves.

They argue that the Constituent Assembly which framed this Constitution was not a truly representative body as it was not elected on the basis of universal adult franchise. Nor was it elected directly by the people. Moreover, the draft of Constitution was not referred to the people for their acceptance or rejection. However, we do not agree with the critics. After all the first and subsequent general elections have been held on the basis of direct and universal adult franchise. Had the representatives of the people no faith in the Constitution they would have surely changed it. Thus, the unmistakable implication is that the people are the ultimate source of all authority. The Constitution originates from the people of India and is promulgated in the name of the people of India.

2. Nature of Indian Polity:
In the second place, the Preamble proclaims that the people of India have resolved to constitute India into a‘Sovereign Socialist Secular Democratic Republic. These are few features of the Indian Political System.
(i) India is a Sovereign State.
(ii) India is a Socialist State.
(iii) India is a Secular State.
(iv) India is a Democratic State.
(v) India is a Republican State.

(i) India is a Sovereign State:
It means that now, after the promulgation of the Constitution, India is not subject to any foreign rule. India is now a . sovereign State, internally as well as externally. No other country can compel India to follow or not to follow a particular policy. We can now make any law, remaining of course within the limits imposed by our own Constitution.

We can also amend our Constitution in accordance with the procedure laid down in the Constitution. Some people are of the view that sovereignty is not absolute because of India’s membership of the Commonwealth of Nations. This, however, is not correct. India is a member of the Commonwealth of Nations according to her own free will. There is no constitutional binding. Commonwealth of Nations is not a super state.

Pt. Jawahar Lai Nehru said on 10th May, 1949, “It must be remarked that the Commonwealth is not a super-state in any sense of the term. We have agreed to consider the king as the symbolic head of this free association. But the king has no function attached to that status in the Commonwealth. So far as the Constitution of India is concerned, the king has no place and we shall owe no allegiance to him.”

(ii) India is a Socialist State:
By 42nd amendment act word ‘Socialist’ is inserted in the Preamble to the Constitution. Mr. Swaran Singh, the Chairman of the Congress Committee for constitutional changes, said that the proposed decision to inscribe ‘Socialism’ in the Preamble to the Constitution shows the nation’s resolve to work for a new “socio-economic revolution”.

The former Defence Minister said, “Socialism was the target the country had set for itself. Not only the majority party, but several other political organisations also were committed to this concept.” Smt. Indira Gandhi’s Government adopted 20-point programme to implement Socialism. Janata Government was committed to Gandhian Socialism and various steps were taken to implement Gandhian Socialism. Present government is committed to Socialism and is trying to implement 20- point programme.

(iii) India is a Secular State:
By inserting the word “Secular” in the Preamble to the Constitution by 42nd amendment, India is declared a secular state in clear words. Such a system is adopted in the Constitution that India is made secular state without any doubt. In the words of Smith, “The Secular State is important to the future of Indian Democracy itself. It stands or falls as basic and inseparable comment of modem liberal democracy.” By “Secularism” Mr. Swaran Singh explained, “We do not mean that we are against any religion. On the contrary, it symbolises our respect for all the religions and desire to treat them at par.”

(iv) India is a Democratic State:
The Indian polity is based on democratic principles. The people elect their representatives who use the sovereign authority on behalf of the people. The government is of the people and for the people. The represenatives are elected periodically by the people.

(v) India is a Republican State:
The word ‘Republic’ means that-the head of the State shall be an elected one for a fixed tenure. In the Indian Constitution there is no room for a hereditary monarch like the one in England. At the time of the assumption of office the President has to take an oath “To devote himself to the service and well-being of the people of India.” In the event of the violation of the Constitution the President can be impeached and removed from the office. Hence the Indian President is accountable to the people. However, the devices of direct democracy—Initiative, Referendum or Recall— are not available in the Indian Constitution.

3. Objectives of the Constitution:
In the third place, the Preamble defines the objectives to be achieved. They are:
(i) Justice:
The object of the Constitution is that all the citizens of India should get justice in every sphere of life. In the preamble the Idea of achieving Social, Economic and Political Justice for all citizens has been mentioned. To achieve Social, Economic and Political Justice provisions have been mentioned in the Constitution.

Social Justice:
The very incorporation of the term Social Justice in the Constitution made it clear that it is the duty of the state to work positively against discrimination existing in Indian society on the basis of baste, community, race or religion. The state is expected to work for creating an environment in which a more reasonable attitude towards social relations is cultivated. To achieve social justice, right to equality is mentioned in Part III of the Constitution.

The Right to Equality forbids any discrimination on the basis of religion, race, caste, sex, place of birth or any of them. But the state has a right to make special provision for the upliftment of the backward classes, women and children. Article 17 abolishes untouchability and its practice in any form is forbidden. All the citizens of India, irrespective of their caste and creed, have an equal access to public place.
Article 23 bans exploitation like ‘Begaar’ and similar other forms of forced labour. Article 24 prohibits the employment of children below the age of 14 in any factory, mine etc.

Economic Justice:
Economic Justice is ensured to people by the Directive Principles of State Policy. They ensure that no discimination would be made between persons on the basis of their economic standing. Article 39 calls upon the state to direct its policy to ensure that the citizens, men and women equally, have the right to an adequate means of livelihood and that there is equal pay for equal work for both men and women.The material resources of the country should be so distributed as to subserve the common good.

Political Justice:
Political Justice means that all the citizens should enjoy equal political rights. In other words, citizens should have the right to participate in the government. There is adult franchise and right to contest election. All citizens are treated equal before the law and all are given equal rights.

(ii) Liberty:
The Constitution aims not merely at securing justice to the people of the country but also liberty, without which human personality cannot be expected to develop fully. The citizens of India have been guaranteed a number of freedoms by the Constitution. Part III of the Constitution deals with the Fundamental Rights of the citizens. Some of the very important freedoms have been mentioned in the Preamble also. They are liberty of thought, freedom to express one’s views, belief and worship. The Preamble hates the idea of standardisation of ideas, desire of uniformity. Similarly, none can be compelled to follow a particular religion. “State dictated morality is no morality.”

(iii) Equality:
It has been rightly said that “Men are bom and reamin free and equal in rights.” The Preamble ensures equality of all in the eyes of law. Liberty and equality go hand in hand. Equality does not mean that all persons are equal in every respect. The positive concept of equality is that all persons should be given equal opportunities to rise and develop. Equality means that “among equals the law should be equal and should-be equally administered, that like should be treated alike.”

No person is to be deprived of his life and liberty unless he has violated a law in existence. And he is to be deprived of his life and liberty in accordance with law. In short, law is not the respector of personalities. Whatever may be the social status of person, he is subject to law. There can be no discrimination between one citizen and another on the basis of religion, language, caste, class, sex etc.

(iv) Fraternity:
The Preamble to the Constitution lays special stress upon the promotion of fellow-feeling among the people of India. Unless the people become a community of interests, their cohesion into one nation is not possible. The separatist tendencies, so systematically nursed by the alien rule, had resulted into an orgy of loot and murder. The makers of the Constitution had not forgotten the shocks due to the partition of the country. Unity of the country and consolidation of the nation were of paramount necessity. Hence every effort was made to achieve the desired end. One such step was the provision of single citizenship in the country.

(v) Integrity:
The inclusion of the term integrity expressed “our determination to put an end to separatist tendencies.” Effort was made to make people feel at home in every part of India from whichever state or region they might come. “Thus the Preamble reflects the aims and objectives of the new nation-a living, vital and progressive nation,” The makers of the Constitution aimed at the establishment of a society free from hunger, misery, starvation and exploitation a society where each stands for all and all for each.

The Preamble, though not a legal part of the Constitution, yet it is an integral part of the Constitution. It helps in explaining the various articles of the Constitution. “It is a key to open the mind of the makers.” Hence its importance.

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Write a short note on the Necessity of Preamble in a Constitution.
Or
What do you mean by the term Preamble?
Answer:
It is considered essential that every written constitution should possess a preamble. The preamble contains the basic ideas and philosophical postulates of a purpose of a window through which we peep into the indentions of the maters of the constitution. It enables the people to assess and evaluate the performance of the government in the light of the objectives laid down in the preamble.

Question 2.
What is the nature of state according to the Preamble?
Answer:
The nature of the state according to the preamble is as under:

India is a Sovereign state
India is a Democratic state
India is a Secular state
India is a Socialist state and
India is a Republic.

Question 3.
Discuss the objectives of our Constitution as embodied in the Preamble.
Answer:
Following are the objectives of our constitution as given in the Preamble.

Justice-social, political and economic.
Liberty of thought, expression, belief, faith and worship,
Equality of status and opportunity, and
Fraternity assuring the dignity of the individual and the Unity of the Nation.

Question 4.
Explain the term Republic.
Answer:
The word ‘Repubbc’ means that the head of the state shall be an elected one for a fixed tenure. India is Republic. The President of India is indirectly elected by the representatives of the people for a period of five years. He can even be impeached and removed from office before the expiry of five years. Any citizen of India fulfilling required qualifications can contest the election of the President of India. He may be the follower of any religion. In India politics has been separated from religion. Thus the Indian repubbc is a democratic repubbc.

Question 5.
Explain the term Fraternity.
Answer:
The dictionary meaning of the term Fraternity is “brotherhood’. Without fraternity, liberty and equality are meaningless. It was the main slogan of the French revolution. The Preamble of the Indian Constitution lays special stress upon the promotion of fellow feeling among the people of India.

Unless the people become a community of interests, their cohesion into the nation is not possible. The separatist tendencies ; so systematically nursed by the alien rule, had resulted into an orgy of loot and murder. The makers of the constitution had not forgotten the shocks due to the partition of the country. Unity of the country and consolidation of the nation were of paramount necessity. Hence every effort was made to achieve the desired end.

Question 6.
What do you mean by Social and Economic Justice?
Answer:
In the preamble the idea of achieveing Social and Economic Justice for all citizens has been mentioned. Social Justice means that all the people living in society are equal. The people should not be treated discriminately on the basis of caste, religion, colour and sex. All the people should have equal opportunities to develop their personalities. All should have equal facilities to use public places, religious places and the places of entertainment. The State should adopt the policy of untouchability and interests of the minorities should be safeguarded.

Economic Justice means that no discrimination should be made between persons on the basis of their economic status. Equal opportunities should be provided to all citizens to acquire wealth and use it for their living.

Question 7.
Write short note on Objective Resolution of 1947.
Answer:
The first session of the Constituent Assembly was held on Dec. 9, 1946. On Dec. 13, 1946, Pt. Jawahar Lal Nehru moved his Objective Resolution. Some of the important provisions of the Objective Resolution were as follow:
1. This Constituent Assembly declares its firm and solemn resolve to proclaim India as an Independent Sovereign Republic and to draw up for the future governance a Costitution;

2. Wherein all power and authority of the sovereign Independent India, its Constituent parts and organs of government, are derived from the people

3. Wherein shall be guaranteed and secured to all the people of India, Justice-social, economic and political, equality of status, of opportunity, and before the law; freedom of thought, expression, belief, faith, worship, vocation, association and action, subject to law and public morality; and

4. Wherein adequate safeguards shall be provided for minorities, backward and tribal areas and depressed and other classes. The Objective Resolution gave expression to the ideals and aspirations of the people of India.

Question 8.
Write down the meaning of Secular mentioned in the Preamble of Indian Constitution.
Answer:
By inserting the word “Secular” in the Preamble of the Constitution by 42nd amendment, India is declared a secular state in clear words. Such a system is adopted in the Constitution that India is made secular state without any doubt. Right to freedom of religion has been granted to all persons residing in India under Art. 25-28 of Indian Constitution.

According to this right, all persons are equally entitled to freedom of conscience and the right to profess, practise and propagate religion. State has no religion of its own. The state shows full neutrality in the religious matters. All this shows that India is a Secular State.

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What do you mean by the term Preamble?
Answer:
It is considered essential that every written constitution should possess a preamble. The preamble contains the basic ideas and philosophical postulates of a constitution. The preamble to a constitution mirrors the spirit of constitution. The Indian constitution also begins with a preamble. Preamble is essential because it serves the purpose of a window through which we peep into the intentions of the makers of the constitution.

Question 2.
Discuss the objectives of our Constitution as embodied in the Preample.
Answer:
Following are the objectives of our constitution as given in the Preamble.

Justice-social, political and economic.
Liberty of thought, expression, belief, faith and worship,
Equality of status and opportunity, and
Fraternity assuring the dignity of the individual and the Unity of the Nation.

Question 3.
Explain the term Republic.
Answer:
The word ‘Republic’ means that the head of the state shall be an elected one for a fixed tenure. India is Republic. The President of India is indirectly elected by the representatives of the people for a period of five years. He can even be impeached and removed from office before the expiry of five years.

Question 4.
Explain the term Fraternity.
Answer:
The dictionary meaning of the term Fraternity is “brotherhood’. Without fraternity, liberty and equality are meaningless. It was the main slogan of the French revolution. The Preamble of the Indian Constitution lays special stress upon the promotion of fellow¬feeling among the people of India. Unless the people become a community of interests, their cohesion into the nation is not possible.

One Word to One Sentence Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Which two important words were incorporated in the Preamble of the Indian Constitution through the 42nd amendment?
Answer:

Socialist
Secular.

Question 2.
Which three aspects of the Indian Constitution are reflected in the Preamble?
Answer:

What is the source of Constitutional power?
What is the nature of Indian Political System?
What are the objectives of the Constitution?

Question 3.
Mention any one feature of Indian Political System.
Answer:
India is a sovereign democrats republic.

Question 4.
Write down any one objective of the Indian constitution mentioned in the Preamble.
Answer:
All citizens of India should get justice.

Question 5.
How is India a Republic?
Answer:
In India, the head of the executive is President who is indirectly elected by an electoral college for a period of five years. So India is a Republic.

Question 6.
Who has called the Preamble to Indian Constitution as the ‘Political Horoscope’? Was he a member of Constituent Assembly?
Answer:
K.M. Munshi called the Preamble as the political horoscope. He was member of the Constituent Assembly.

Question 7.
What was India declared in the Original Preamble of the Indian Constitution?
Answer:
The Original (Unamended) Preamble of the Indian Constitution declared India as a Sovereign, Democratic, Republic.

Question 8.
Mention the kinds of Justipe included in the Preamble of the Constitution.
Answer:
The object of the Constitution is that all the citizens of India should get Justice in every sphere of life. In the preamble the idea of achieving Social, Economic and Political Justice for all has been mentioned.

Fill in the blanks

1. The …………………… is a summary of the objective and the basic Philosophy of a Constitution.
Answer:
Preamble

2. The Indian …………………… begins with a Preamble.
Answer:
Constitution

3. The preamble is based on the ‘Objective Resolution’ moved by …………………… on Dec. 9, 1946.
Answer:
Pt. Jawahar Lai Nehru

4. The preamble Proclaims India is a Sovereign, Socialist, Secular, Democratic …………………… state.
Answer:
Republic

5. The preamble assures the people of India Justice-social …………………… and potitical.
Answer:
Economic.

True or False statement

1. The preamble helps us in understanding the basic philosophy of the Indian Constitution.
Answer:
True

2. The preamble expresses in a very clear language that foreigner are the ultimate source of all authority.
Answer:
False

3. India is a Sovereign State.
Answer:
True

4. India is a Secular State.
Answer:
True

5. India is not a Republican State.
Answer:
False

Choose The Correct Answer

Question 1.
Preamble of Indian Constitution begins with these words:
(A) People’s Sovereignty
(B) Republic of India
(C) Democratic India
(D) We the people of India.
Answer:
(D) We the people of India.

Question 2.
Which amendment of the Constitution added the Words ‘Socialist’ and ‘ Secular* in the Preamble?
(A) 44th amendment
(B) 42nd amendment
(C) 46th amendment
(D) 50th amendment.
Answer:
(B) 42nd amendment

Question 3.
What is the meaning of: ‘We, the people of India’?
(A) That the people of India are direct rulers of the country
(B) That the ultimate sovereignty is vested with the people
(C) None of these.
Answer:
(B) That the ultimate sovereignty is vested with the people

Question 4.
Which of the following statement is correct?
(A) India is a Sovereign, Socialist, Republic
(B) India is a Sovereign, Democratic, Monarchic state
(C) India is a. Sovereign, Democratic Republic.
(D) India is a .Sovereign, Social, Secular, Democratic Republic.
Answer:
(D) India is a .Sovereign, Social, Secular, Democratic Republic.

Question 5.
Who called Preamble ‘Political Horoscope’?
(A) K.M. Munshi
(B) Pt. Jawahar Lai Nehru
(C) Dr. Ambedkar
(D) Dr. Rajendra Prasad.
Answer:
(A) K.M. Munshi

Question 6.
Objectives of the Constitution is:
(A) Justice
(B) Liberty
(C) Equality
(D) All the above.
Answer:
(D) All the above.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 16 Organs of Government: Judiciary

February 12, 2024 by Prasanna

Punjab State Board PSEB 11th Class Political Science Book Solutions Chapter 16 Organs of Government: Judiciary Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 11 Political Science Chapter 16 Organs of Government: Judiciary

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What are the different ways in which the Judiciary is organised?
Answer:
There are three methods of organizing the judiciary which are as under:
1. Election by the people.
2. Election by the legislature.
3. Appointment by the executive.

1. Election by the People:
Under this method the judges like the members of the legislature and the executive are elected by the people. In some States of U.S.A. and Switzerland this method has been adopted. But this method is considered as defective. A popularly elected judge can never remain independent, impartial and honest. Laski says that of all the methods of appointment of judges, the method of popular election of judges is the most defective.

Firstly, the people are not wise enough to judge the qualities of a person whom they elect, to be the judge. Secondly, the judges will be elected on the basis of political parties. Thirdly, he cannot perform his duties sincerely because he will do everything to secure his re-election. Fourthly, to get elected he will make use of so many corrupt practices. A judge elected through popular election cannot deliver the goods properly.

2. Election by the Legislature:
In certain States the judges are elected by the legislature of the State. This system prevails in Russia, Switzerland and certain States of U.SAL. The judges elected this way cannot be impartial and honest. The judges will remain under the influence of the political parties. This method is also not without defects.

3. Appointment by the Executive:
Appointment by the executive is most common and most satisfactory method for the choice of the judges. It prevails in Great Britain, dominions as well as the federal government of U.S.A. and some states of U.SA. and in India also. Though political considerations play a part in making the selection, But once appointed the judges are independent and are not under the influence of the executive. The method makes way for the independence of the judiciary.

The executive is considered to be best qualified agency for the appointment of trained and skilled lawyers to the post of the judges. The executive should appoint the judges in consultation with the Chief Justice or the Public Service Commission. A judge who is appointed on the basis of merit will always be impartial and independent. He will not do anything under pressure.

Question 2.
Discuss the importance and functions of Judiciary in a modern state.
Or
Describe in brief the functions of the Judiciary.
Answer:
Judiciary is the third organ of the government. This organ is no less important than the other two. Its function is to do justice. The judiciary punishes all those people who break the law. It decides the disputes which arise between the State and the citizens. Peace in the State can only be established if the disputes of the people are decided peacefully. The judiciary plays a very important role in maintaining peace in the State.

Importance of Judiciary:
Justice is the very foundation of the State. Without the judicial organ there can be no State worth the name. Its function is to interpret the laws, to apply them to individual cases of the criminals, to defend the innocent. Protection of the rights of citizens is impossible without the courts of law. In the words of Lord Bryce, “There is no better test of excellence of a government than the efficiency of its judicial system.” The judiciary is rightly called the shield of innocence and the guardian of civil rights.

In the modem State the judiciary plays an important role. In dictatorship the judiciary is subordinate to the executive. In the past also the executive branch of the government controlled the judicial branch. In Cuba even now-a-days the judiciary renders every possible assistance to the executive and those who challenge the authority of the executive are punished by the judiciary. But in a democratic State the judiciary enjoys a different place.

It punishes the law breakers and does not permit the legislature and the executive to misuse the powers. It saves the people from the excesses of the government. An individual can move the court if the executive does something wrong to him. J.R. Marriott is of the view that justice delayed is justice denied. If the justice is delayed and the justice is not really done to the people, then the life and property of the people cannot be safe. According to Gamer, “We cannot imagine a State in the absence of judiciary.”

Functions Of Judiciary:
The main function of the judiciary is to decide all those disputes which come before it. Besides deciding disputes, the judiciary is to perform so many other functions also. All those functions are given as below:

1. Decision of Disputes:
The judiciary applies the existing law to individual cases. It is not concerned with the question whether the existing law is good or bad, just or unjust, so long as it is on the statute book, the judiciary will punish those who break it. The cases which come before the judges are normally of two kinds-civil and criminal.

The appeals against the decisions of the lower courts can be made to the higher courts. Military courts deal with those persons who are guilty of the breach of military discipline. The cases of the labour are settled by the labour tribunals. The judiciary decides cases according to the law of the land. When a person is accused of violating any provision of law, he is usually brought before one of the courts. The judges hear the evidence, and decide whether he is guilty or not.

2. Interpretation of Laws:
The laws are framed by the legislature and are enforced by the executive. Sometimes the people are not clear about the meaning of certain provisions of the laws. Each word denotes so many meanings and everybody interprets those words in such a way as it suits his own interests.

Such terms, clauses and words are to be interpreted by the judiciary. The interpretation given by the judiciary is always considered to be the correct and a just one. This interpretation of the law is accepted all over the country. The judiciary also interprets the Constitution of the State. While interpreting the Constitution the judiciary keeps in view the objects for which the legislature had made a particular provision.

3. Making of Laws:
If the law is not clear or the law does not cover the case, the judges have to decide the meaning of the law or create new law. The decision given by the High Court is binding on lower courts when dealing with similar cases. The judges add flesh and blood to the dry bones of law by their interpretations and judgments.

The U.S. Supreme Court has done a lot in this respect. It has removed all the flaws and filled all the gaps of the original Constitution. In certain cases the judge is guided by his common sense and tries to arrive at a fair judgement. Such a judgement serves as a precedent for other judges. It is called: a judge-made law.

4. Protection of Fundamental Rights of the Citizens:
In the modem democratic States, the citizens are granted many fundamental rights. These rights are very essential for the development of an individual personality. These fundamental rights are to be protected so that the executive or the legislature may not violate them.

Fundamental rights can only be Properly protected by the judiciary. If the legislature in India makes a law which is opposed to fundamental rights or the executive issues an order which is a sheer violation of the fundamental rights of the citizens, the judiciary can reject such an order. It is the sacred duty of the judiciary to safeguard the fundamental rights of the people.

5. Protection of the Constitution:
Judiciary sometimes acts as the guardian of the Constitution. In the States having rigid Constitution, the different legislative bodies in the State are working within the constitutional limit. In the States having rigid and a federal Constitution the judiciary possesses the right to declare an act of the legislature or the executive as unconstitutional or ultravires, if it is beyond the authority of the legislature or the executive. The power belongs to the Supreme Courts of U.S.A. and India.

6. Advisory Functions:
The courts in some countries give advisory opinion when requested to do so by the interested persons or by the executive or the legislature. In England the practice to request a court to give a declaratory judgement is very common. The Crown sometimes asks the judicial committee of the Privy Council to give its advisory opinion upon questions of law.

In India the President may ask the opinion of the Supreme Court on the question of law. The heads of the department can also seek the advice of the judges on some great political issues having some legal implications. The advisory opinion of the judges is however not binding on them.

7. Other Functions:
Judiciary also performs such functions as are not strictly judicial in character but they are performed by the courts on grounds of economy and convenience. It appoints receivers of bankrupt bodies, manages the estates of deceased persons, appoints guardians and trustees, naturalises aliens, grants certain licences, performs marriages and appoints certain officials. In India the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court administers the oath of the office to the President of India. In certain States the judges hold investigations into certain matters.

Sidgwick says, “In determining a nation’s rank in political civilization no test is more decisive than the degree in which justice as defined by a law is actually realised in its judicial administration.”

Question 3.
What is meant by Independence of Judiciary? How can it be secured?
Answer:
Meaning of Independence of Judiciary:
Judiciary is an important organ of the government. Its main function is to apply the existing laws to the individual cases and to administer justice. Protection of the rights of the people is not possible without courts of law. It is very essential that there should be a judicial department to ascertain and decide rights, to punish crimes, and to protect the innocent from injury. The judiciary in a civilized State must be independent.

Independence of judiciary means that it should be efficient, honest and impartial in giving its judgement. It should be free from any outside control of the executive or the legislature. The judge should be free to decide cases according to law in a bold and fearless manner. He should be granted independence of judicial tenure so that he should be able to administer justice with impartiality and according to law.

Importance:
Independence of judiciary is essential in every civilized State as only then justice can be given and individual rights can be safeguarded from their violation by government officers. Without an independent judiciary, efficient and impartial justice is impossible. In case the judges are partial and timid, peace and order situation in the State will dome to the lowest ebb. The life and liberty of each individual will not be safe.

An impartial judiciary can provide right and speedy justice. Justice delayed means justice denied. In the absence of independent judiciary, individual liberty is in danger. Judiciary is to act as the guardian of the law and rights of the people. It is to protect rights from encroachment by private individuals or by the government and this can be possible only if the judiciary enjoys independence. Moreover, the only way to fight against executive high-handedness and interference is through an independent judiciary.

The judiciary must be free from the control of the legislature and the executive. In the absence of independent judiciary the Constitution would become a plaything in the hands of contending parties in countries with a rigid Constitution such as U.S.A. or India. The judiciary plays the role of the guardian of the Constitution.

It declares illegal any law passed by the legislature or any order issued by executive if it goes against some provisions of the Constitution. It keeps the executive and the legislature within their proper limits. According to the U.S. President Taft, the judiciary should remain impartial in all matters whether it is between the minority community and the majority community or between the strong and the weak.

Factors Which Establish Independence Of Judiciary:
1. Appointment of Judges:
Only those judges can remain independent who are appointed on the basis of merit. If the appointments of the judges are made unjustly or on recommendation, the judiciary can never remain independent. The judge will always remain under the influence of the appointing authority. There are three methods for making appointments of the judges:
(i) Election by the people.
(ii) Election by the legislature.
(iii) Appointment by the executive.

(i) Some people are of the opinion that the judges like the members of the legislature and the executive should also be elected by the people. In some States of U.S.A. and Switzerland this method has been adopted. But this method is considered defective. A popularly elected judge can never remain independent, impartial and honest.

(ii) In certain States the judges are elected by the legislature of the State. This system prevails in Russia, Switzerland and certain States of U.S.A. The judges elected in this way cannot be impartial and honest. The judges will remain under the influence of the political parties. This method is also not without defects.

(iii) Appointment by the executive is most common and most satisfactory method for the choice of the judges. It prevails in Great Britain and the British dominions as well as in the federal government of U.S.A. and some States of U.S.A. and in India also.

2. Security of Service:
The judges can remain independent only when they enjoy – security of service. The judges should not be afraid of losing their job. They should feel quite safe about their post. If any other organ has the right to remove a judge from the post, the judge cannot remain impartial and Just.

A judge won’t be able to deliver a decision against that person or persons who has/have the authority to remove the judge. No judge would like to put his job at stake. Therefore the judge would not be removed from the post so far as he is performing his duties honestly and sincerely. The executive should not be given the power to remove judges. But it does not mean that a judge can do whatever he likes, and his services cannot be terminated before he reaches the age of retirement.

This may lead to the misuse of authority by the judge. The method of removal of judges should be difficult. The judges of the Supreme Court of India can be removed only if both the Houses of the Parliament pass a resolution by a two-thirds majority. The judiciary can remain independent only if the method of the removal of the judges is not an easy one.

3. Tenure of Office:
The tenure of office of the judges should be sufficiently long. Almost in all the countries the tenure of the office of the judges is longer as compared to that of other government servants. There are so many reasons for the same. If the judges are appointed for a short period they cannot be honest. They will try to amass more and more wealth during this short span of time because they are not sure whether they will be able or not to earn their livelihood after the retirement. A long tenure is also good because a judge gains experience and comes to know about the technicalities of law. An experienced judge will do better justice. In U.S.A. a judge can continue on the post till life. In India the judges of the supreme court retires at the age of sixty-five.

4. Good Salary:
The judges should be paid a very handsome salary and then only they can remain impartial and honest. Financial difficulties may make a judge corrupt. If the judges are not paid decently they won’t be able to meet their needs properly. With a meagre salary the judges cannot maintain a good standard of living. The judges are to decide cases involving huge amounts and in such cases they can be tempted to accept bribe. If the judges accept illegal gratification, they cannot remain impartial. At present the Chief Justice of India is paid a salary of Rs. 2,80,000 per month and other Judges Rs. 2,50,000 per month.

5. Free from Economic Worries:
Besides giving good salary to the judges, two more things should be taken notice of. Their salary should be safe and secure. So far as the judge is in service his salary should not be reduced. The judges should be paid pension after retirement so that they are not worried about their livelihood after the retirement. If the judges are not given old age pension then they may use corrupt means to amass wealth for the old age. The economic condition of the judge should be quite sound so that he is never worried about his economic lot. If the judge is free from economic worries he will never go corrupt.

6. Qualifications:
For maintaining the independence of judiciary it is quite essential that the judges should be appointed on merit. The appointment of the judges should be based on certain definite qualifications. The judges should have a thorough knowledge of law. If the knowledge of law for the appointment of judges is not made compulsory, then people not having the knowledge of law may be appointed for the job.

We cannot expect justice from such judges. In India only that person can become the judge of the Supreme Court who either has served as a High Court Judge for a period of five years or has been an advocate of the High Court for a period of 10 years or is a distinguished jurist in the eyes of the President of India. Experience tells us that only the experienced advocates become good judges.

7. Separation from the executive:
The judiciary should be kept free from the influence of the executive. The judiciary should enjoy the power of performing functions which concern the executive. If the judiciary is under the executive or both the judicial and executive powers are in the same hands then the judges cannot remain impartial.

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Which method do you think is the best for the appointment of the Judges?
Answer:
Among various methods of appointment of judges appointment by the executive is most common and most satisfactory method for the choice of the judges. It prevails in Great Britain, dominions as well as the federal government of U.S.A. and some states of U.S.A. and in India also.

Though political considerations play a part in making the selection, when once appointed the judges are independent and are not under the influence of the executive. The method makes way for the independence of the judiciary. The executive is considered to be best qualified agency for the appointment of trained and skilled lawyers to the post of the judges. The executive should appoint the judges in consultation with the Chief Justice or the Public Service Commission. A judge who is appointed on the basis of merit will always be impartial and independent. He will not do anything under pressure.

Question 2.
Explain the main functions of the Judiciary.
Answer:
The main important functions of the Judiciary are as follow:
1. Decision of Disputes:
The main function of judiciary is to decide disputes of the citizens. It decides all those cases which are brought before it. The cases which come before the judges are normally of two kinds-civil and criminal.

2. Interpretation of Laws: The judiciary interprets the law and interpretation given by the judiciary is final.

3. Advisory Functions:
In certain countries the judiciary performs advisory functions also. The President of India can seek the advice of the supreme court in any matter, but the executive is not bound to abide by the advice of the judiciary.

4. Protection of Fundamental Rights:
It is the sacred duty of the judiciary to safeguard the fundamental rights of the people. If the legislature makes a law which is opposed to fundamental rights of the citizens or the executive issues an order against fundamental rights, the judiciary can such an order.

Question 3.
What is the meaning of Independence of Judiciary?
Answer:
The judiciary in a civilised State must be independent. Independence of judiciary means that it should be efficient, honest and control of executive or the legislature. The judge should be free to decide cases according to law in a bold and fearless manner. He should be granted independence of judicial tenure so that he should be able to administer justice with impartiality and according to law.

Question 4.
Discuss the factors which establish Independence of Judiciary.
Answer:
The following factors are essential for establishing an independent judiciary in a state:
1. Appointment of Judges:
There are three methods for making appointments of the judges. But the appointment by the executive is most common and most satisfactory method for the choice of the judges. Only those judges can remain independent who are appointed on the basis of merit.

2. Security of Service:
The judges can remain independent only when they enjoy security of service. The Judges should not be afraid of losing their job. They should feel quite safe about their post.

3. Tenure of Office:
The tenure of office of the judges should be sufficiently long. If the judges are appointed for a short period they cannot be honest. A long tenure is good for better justice.

4. Good Salary:
The judges should be paid a very handsome salary and then only they can remain impartial and honest. Financial difficulties may make a judge corrupt.

5. Qualifications:
For maintaining the independence of judiciary it is quite essential that the judges should be appointed on merit. The judges should have a thorough knowledge of law. Experience tells that only the experienced advocates become good judges.

Question 5.
Discuss .the relationship between Judiciary and Executive.
Answer:
Though in many democratic countries Judiciary is separated from the executive, yet there is a close relation between the two. In India, U.S.A. U.K. etc. judges are appointed by the executive. In some countries the executive is permitted to consult judges and seek advisory opinion of the Courts on constitutional questions. In India, the President has power to consult the Supreme Court. Chief executive is generally exempted from the jurisdiction of the Court so long as he remains in office.

But the subordinates of the chief executive are not exempted from the jurisdiction of the judiciary. Because the chief executive has to carry on administration largely through the subordinates, the judiciary has indirectly a large measure of control on the activities of the executive. In certain countries executive is given the prerogative of pardon. In India, the President has a power to grant pardon. Neither the executive should be given supreme authority nor the executive should be controlled by the Judiciary.

Question 6.
Discuss the relationship of Judiciary and Legislature.
Answer:
The main function of the legislature is to make laws and the judiciary interprets and applies-these laws to specific cases. But sometimes one usurps the functions of the other, and as such has some controlling influence on its activities. In certain countries the judiciary.possesses the right to declare an act of the legislature as unconstitutional or ultravires, if it is beyond the authority of the legislature. In U.S.A. and in India, Judiciary is really the guardian of the Constitution.

Moreover, the judiciary by its interpretation of law and constitution creates new law. The interpretation given by the judiciary is always considered to be correct and just one. In almost all the states the legislature enjoys certain judicial functions. In India and in U.S A. judges can be impeached by the legislature. In Canada even the divorce cases ar,e heard by the legislature. In Switzerland, the parliament enjoys the right of pardoning criminals.

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Explain the main functions of the Judiciary.
Answer:
1. Decision of Disputes:
The main function of judiciary is to decide disputes of the citizens. It decides all those cases which are brought before it. The cases which come before the judges are normally of two kinds-civil and criminal.

2. Interpretation of laws: The judiciary interprets the law and interpretation given by the judiciary is final.

Question 2.
What is the meaning of Independence of Judiciary?
Answer:
The judiciary in a civilised State must be independent. Independence of judiciary means that it should be efficient, honest and control of executive or the legislature. The judge should be free to decide cases according to law in a bold and fearless manner.

Question 3.
Discuss any two factors which establish Independence of Judiciary.
Answer:
The following factors are essential for establishing an independent judiciary in a state:
1. Appointment of Judges: There are three methods for making appointments of the judges. But the appointment by the executive is most common and most satisfactory method for the choice of the judges.

2. Security of Service: The judges can remain independent only when they enjoy security of service. The Judges should not be afraid of losing their job. They should feel quite safe about their post.

One Word to One Sentence Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Write down any one function of Judiciary.
Answer:
The main function of Judiciary is to decide disputes of the citizens.

Fill in the blanks:

1. The …………………….. interprets the Constitution of the state.
Answer:
Judiciary.

True or False statement:

1. Independent Judiciary is important to make democracy successful.
Answer:
True.

Choose The Correct Answer

Question 1.
In which of the following state Judiciary is having power of Judicial Review?
(A) China
(B) U.S.A.
(B) England
(D) Japan.
Answer:
(B) U.S.A.

Question 2.
In which of the Allowing state Judiciary is Independent:
(A) China
(B) North Korea
(C) India
(D) Iraq.
Answer:
(C) India

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Prepositions

February 12, 2024 by Prasanna

Punjab State Board PSEB 10th Class English Book Solutions English Grammar Prepositions Exercise Questions and Answers, Notes.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Prepositions

Fill in the blanks with suitable Prepositions :

(A) The dowry system degenerated (1) ……… an evil custom. It became necessary (2) ……… the parents (3)……… girls to give a good dowry ……… (4) their daughters. The married life (5) ……… a girl depended (6) ……… the size (7)…….. the dowry. A successful and happy married life became impossible (8)…….. the absence (9)…….. a handsome dowry. Newspapers are full (10) reports carrying tales (11)……..brides being burnt (12) …….. death or driven (13) …….. hang themselves because (14) …….. constant nagging by their in-laws.
Answer:
1. into, 2. for, 3. of, 4. to, 5. of, 6. on, 7. of, 8. in, 9. of, 10. of, 11. of, 12. to, 13. to, 14. of.

(B) Cricket is a game known …….. (1) its wonderful glories. It is, popular (2) …….. men and women (3) …….. all ages. People used to go to see a cricket test match (4) …….. thousands. They used to see a match (5)…….. five days. Many a time, the match would end (6) …….. a draw. But things have changed (7) …….. the introduction (8) ……..one-day matches. This kind …….. (9) cricket has certainly caught the fancy …….. (10) the people. There is no need to wait ……..(11) five days now (12)…….. the outcome (13)…….. the match. A match is now decided (14) …….. the same day.
Answer:
1. for, 2. among, 3. of, 4. in, 5. for, 6. in, 7. with, 8. of, 9. of, 10. of, 11. for, 12. for, 13. of, 14. on.

(C) In modern times, books are being published (1) …….. very large numbers (2) …….. all subjects under the sun. It is not possible (3) ……..a man to read all (4) …….. them. Reading gives us a lot (5) …….. pleasure. Books delight and educate (6) …….. the same time. The Gita gives us a message (7) …….. universal brotherhood. It tells us that a man should go on doing his duty without worrying (8)…….. the results.
Answer:
1. in, 2. on, 3. for, 4. of, 5. of, 6. at, 7. of, 8. about.

(D) It is (1) …….. the very nature (2) …….. adversity to bring out the best (3) …….. man, develop his latent abilities and lead him (4) …….. a path (5)…….. prosperity and progress. The history (6) …….. the world is the story (7)…….. the survival (8) …….. the fittest. In the course of time,man, through his heroic struggle against the adverse circumstances, came out (9) …….. the forest, changed the face (10) the universe and landed (11) …….. the moon.
Answer:
1. in, 2. of, 3. in, 4. to, 5. of,6. of, 7. of, 8. of, 9. of, 10. of, 11. on.

(E) Mr. Blacksmith is known (1) …….. me. Once we met (2) …….. a garden. (3) …….. there, he took me (4) …….. his apartment. I was astonished to see his capabilities as a journalist. I just had a look (5) …….. his face. He was trying to prove his position. He was really a man (6) …….. letters but unfortunately he was blind (7) ……..one eye. I looked (8) …….. the portrait (9) …….. a lady hanging (10) …….. the wall. I went to take a round (11) …….. his house and I saw a family photograph. Mr. Blacksmith was sitting (12). ……. his wife and son (13) the photograph. After spending some time (14) …….. him, I came back home.
Answer:
1. to, 2. in, 3. From, 4. to, 5. at 6. of, 7. in, 8. at, 9. of, 10. on, 11. of, 12. with, 13. in, 14. with.

(F) Life is not a bed (1) …….. roses but a bed (2) ……..thorns. Those who understand the reality (3)…….. life are winners, not losers. One has to go (4) …….. a lot (5) …….. trials and tribulations (6) …….. taking a right decision or (7) ……. making a right choice. God has given us tremendous power to think and decide. But most (8) …….. us are ignorant (9) …….. our capabilities. We should not underestimate ourselves and move (10) …….. the destination (11) …….. any doubts or fears. This behaviour will lead us (12) …….. greater heights.
Answer:
1. of, 2. of, 3. of, 4. through, 5. of, 6. in 7. for 8. of 9. of 10. towards 11. without 12. to.

(G) Translation is an art. Good translation is the result. (1) …….. practice and patience. It requires skill to translate words and ideas (2)…….. one language (3)……..another. Literal translation (4) …….. a sentence sometimes spoils the spirit (5) …….. the language and sounds funny. Ope should translate words and ideas (6)…….. precision. It is essential to be equally well-versed (7) …….. both the languages.
Answer:
1. of 2. of 3. into 4. of 5. of 6. with 7. in.

(H) Positive thoughts are the wings (1) …….. success. One should always look (2) …….. the positive side (3) …….. life. We should not let negative thoughts come (4) …….. our mind, Everybody should have this approach (5) …….. life. Always hope (6)…….. the best and believe (7) …….. God. He is always there to take care (8) …….. His children. God is too great to ask (9) …….. the price (10) …….. the gifts He has bestowed (11)…….. us.
Answer:
1. of 2. at 3. of 4. into 5. to 6. for 7. in 8. of 9. for 10. of 11. on.

(I) First and foremost (1)……..the blessings of civilization are order and safety. We should not quarrel (2) …….. each other. In disputes (3) …….. man and man, right has taken the place (4) …….. might. Law protects us (5) …….. robbery and violence. Nobody can come and break (6) our house, steal our goods or run off (7) …….. our children. Many of us act (8) …….. thinking. This habit has injured the feelings (9)…….. many and has turned friends (10) …….. enemies.
Answer:
1.of 2. with 3. between 4. of 5. from 6. into 7. with 8. without 9. of 10. into.

(J) Dreams have been the topic (1) …….. discussion (2) …….. men (3) …….. centuries. The fact cannot be denied that dreams are far (4) reality but (5) …….. the same time, they open up (6) …….. us a facet (7)……..our personality (8) …….. which we did not know earlier. Dreams take us (9) a world which is more like a Utopia. Some people are (10) …….. the habit (11) …….. daydreaming. They find themselves lost (12) …….. dreams most (13) …….. the time. One must not blind oneself (14) …….. the reality.
Answer:
1. of 2. with 3. for 4. from 5. at 6. before 7. of 8. of 9. into 10. in 11. of 12. in 13. of 14. from.

ऐसे शब्द को Preposition कहा जाता है जो स्थान (place), दिशा (direction), साधन (source), विधि (method), आदि का बोध कराने के लिए किसी Noun अथवा Pronoun से पहले लगाया गया हो; जैसे. In the room; towards the city; through the forest; by all means; into the well; beside me; between us, आदि

The Use Of Some Prepositions

(1) At का प्रयोग छोटे नगरों तथा गांवों के नामों के साथ किया जाता है।
In का प्रयोग बड़े नगरों, प्रान्तों और देशों के नामों के साथ किया जाता है।

1. Mohan lives at Kathua.
2. She was born at Batote.
3. The last Olympic Games were held in Beijing.
4. There are many film studios in Mumbai.

(2) On का प्रयोग तिथियों तथा दिनों के नामों के साथ किया जाता है।
In का प्रयोग महीनों तथा वर्षों के लिए किया जाता है।
At का प्रयोग Point of Time के लिए किया जाता है।

1. I shall go to Delhi on Sunday.
2. Our examination begins on 24th July.
3. Rains started in July.
4. His grandfather died in 2005.
5. We had tea at 5 o’clock.
6. He came at the right time.

(3) In और At के निम्नलिखित समय-सम्बन्धी प्रयोग याद रखिए
In the morning At noon
In the evening At night
In the afternoon At dawn

(4) Between का प्रयोग दो व्यक्तियों । स्थानों । वस्तुओं / आदि के लिए किया जाता है।
Among का प्रयोग दो से अधिक व्यक्तियों । स्थानों । वस्तुओं / आदि के लिए किया जाता है।
1. The two brothers quarrelled between themselves.
2. The three brothers quarrelled among themselves.

(5) In स्थिरता (rest) को प्रकट करता है। ..
Into अन्दर की ओर गति (motion) को प्रकट करता है।
1. He was sitting in the room.
2. The fox fell into the well.

(6) On स्थिरता (rest) को प्रकट करता है।
Upon ऊपर की ओर गति (motion) को, प्रकट करता है
1. The book is on the table.
2. The cat jumped upon the table.

(7) With उस यन्त्र (instrument) की ओर संकेत करता है जिसका प्रयोग कोई काम करने के लिए किया
By काम करने वाले (doer) की ओर सकेत करता है
1. He beat his servant with a stick.
2. The book was written by me.

(8) Beside = निकट,असंगत
Besides = के अतिरिक्त
1. She came and sat beside me.
2. Your answer is beside the mark.
3. I have three other pens besides this.

(9) Since तथा For का प्रयोग Perfect Tense के बाद किया जाता है।
from का प्रयोग किसी भी Tense के बाद किय जाता है
Since और From का प्रयोग point of time के लिए किया जाता है।

For का प्रयोग period of time के लिए किया जाता है।
Since का प्रयोग केवल भूतकाल के सम्बन्ध में ही किया जा सकता है।
From और For का प्रयोग किसी भी काल के लिए किया जा सकता है।

1. He has been ill since Monday last.
2. This timetable has been in force since August.
3. He studied English from the age of ten.
4. This timetable will come in force from Monday.
5. I have been ill for five days.

Fill in the blanks with suitable Prepositions :

(A)
1. How did you come ……….. this ring ?
2. He has no taste ……….. music.
3. She is sick ……….. your company.
4. It is ……….. my power to help you.
5. Radha takes ……….. her mother.
6. He is not attending ……….. his lesson.
7. He jumped ……….. the river.
8. He is well known me.
9. He was shocked ……….. his failure.
10. The silly fellow takes delight ……… the sufferings of others.
Answer:
(A) 1. by 2 for 3. of 4. within 5. after 6. to 7. into 8. to 9. at 10. in.

(B)
1. The Minister gave …… the prizes.
2. He is fully qualified …… this job.
3. My office is …… a stone’s throw from my house.
4. He is a fool …… the firs ……the pupils
the value of discipline. ……
6. What is the time …… your watch ?
7. He was accused …… smuggling.
8. He agreed …… my proposal,
9. Remind him …… his promise.
10. He has disposed his scooter.
Answer:
(B) 1, away 2. for 3. at 4. of 5. upon 6. by 7. of 8. to 9. of 10. of

(C)
1. He died …… overwork.
2. He is fond …… books.
3. I prefer tea …… coffee.
4. There is no delight …… teasing others.
5. She is sorry to part…… her friends.
6. Will you stand …… me in trouble ?
7. Let us hope …… the best.
8. Monika is gifted …… a sweet voice.
9. The Principal received the guests …… the gate.
10. I was able to see …… his trick.
Answer:
1. from 2. of 3. to 4. in 5. from 6. by 7. for 8. with 9. at 10. through.

(D)
1. The patient died …… a serious illness.
2. She is very weak …… English.
3. Rajinder is related …… me.
4. The train arrived late …… 30 minutes.
5. Agra is famous ……..its historical buildings.
6. This pen is superior …… that one.
7. She is proud …… her beauty.
8. I caught him …… the ear.
9. She aims …… becoming a good doctor.
10. We go to school …… education.
Answer:
(D) 1. of 2. in 3. to 4.by 5. for 6 to 7. o18. by 9. at 10. for

(E)
1. She is blind …… one eye.
2. She is fond……music.
3. He prefers tea …… coffee but his father likes coffee more …… tea.
4. Ram went…… the room.
5. The pen is …… the table.
6. I had an interview …… the Head master.
7. This book is full…… errors.
8. He is junior …… me.
9. I am in favour …… a change.
10. This book is more interesting …… that one.
Answer:
1. in 2. of 3. to, than 4. into 5. of 6. with 7. of 8. to 9. of 10. than.

(F)
1. He was given a grand party on the eve …… his retirement.
2. He invited me …… tea.
3. His house is situated …… front of the post office.
4. I go to school…… ten.
5. Water …… this well is dirty.
6. We go …… office every day.
7. I shall return …… a month.
8. Rita is standing …… the door.
9. He ran …… the room.
10. I bought the book …… a low price.
Answer:
1. of 2. to 3. in 4. at 5. of 6. to 7. in & at 9. into 10, at.

(G)
1. He worked …… a long time.
2. The cat is sitting …… the table.
3. I returned from Delhi …… a month.
4. He is blind …… his shortcomings.
5. Always hope …… the best.
6. He acceeded …… my request.
7. He deals …… sugar.
8. He is blessed …… a son.
9. I have made …… my deficiency in ……
10. He was accused …… theft.
Answer:
1. for 2. under 3. after 4, to 5. for 6. to 7. in 8. with 9.up 10. of

(H)
1. He died …… his country.
2. The river abounds …… fish.
3. A drowning man catches …… a straw.
4. He is open …… conviction.
5. She has no sympathy …… you.
6. Her activities are beneficial …… society.
7. He is not deaf …… your entreaty.
8. It has been drizzling …… Monday.
9. He is not ashamed this.
10. They travel …… horseback.
Answer:
1. for 2. in / with 3. at 4. to 5. for 6. to 7. to 8. since 9. of 10. on.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Non-Finites

February 12, 2024February 12, 2024 by Prasanna

Punjab State Board PSEB 10th Class English Book Solutions English Grammar Non-Finites Exercise Questions and Answers, Notes.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Non-Finites

(Answer Key has been given at the end of the exercises.)

Complete the following sentences, using the Infinitive form (with or without to) of the verbs given in brackets.

1. You are requested …………… me. (help)
2. She bade us ……………… away. (go)
3. I find the word ‘psychology difficult ………. . (spell)
4. Please make me …………… why the stars twinkle. (understand)
5. The medicine is too bitter …………. (take)
Answer:
1. to help
2. go
3. to spell
4. understand
5. to take.

Replace the Relative Clause in each of the following sentences by an Infinitive.

Example : You have some important work which you must finish.
Answer :
You have some important work to finish.

1. You have a train that can carry you back home.
2. She wants something that she can drink.
3. They advised me that I should see an eye specialist.
4. Mohan had no proof that he could show.
5. I gave him a book that he could consult.
6. Asha is not a servant who can be trusted.
Answer:
1. You have a train to carry you back home.
2. She wants something to drink.
3. They advised me to see an eye specialist.
4. Mohan had no proof to show.
5. I gave him a book to consult.
6. Asha is not a servant to be trusted.

Rewrite the following sentences, using an Infinitive.

1. I would be happy if I could join this company. (to join).
2. At Agra, we have the Taj that one can visit.
3. His handwriting is so bad that one cannot read it…
4. Papa was angry when he found that his glasses were broken.
5. I was shocked when I heard of the terrible accident.
6. I will tell him that he should post the letter today.
Answer:
1. I would be happy to join his company.
2. At Agra, we have the Taj to visit.
3. His handwriting is too bad to read.
4. Papa was angry to find that his glasses were broken
5. I was shocked to hear of the terrible accident.
6. I will tell him to post the letter today.

Combine the following pairs of sentences, using a Present Participle or a Past Participle. Treat the first two sentences as examples.

1. I felt sorry for the blind man. I gave him a hundred-rupee note.
2. My uncle arrived. He was accompanied by Mohan.
3. We found the child. It was crying for its father.
4. He raised his sword. He struck his enemy.
5. I heard the bang. I sprang up from my bed.
6. He broke his leg. It made it difficult for him to walk.
7. The child was lost. He found no joy in the fair.
Answer:
1. Feeling sorry for the blind man, I gave him a hundred
2. Accompanied by Mohan, my uncle arrived.
3. We found the child crying for its father.
4. Raising his sword, he struck his enemy.
5. Hearing the bang, I sprang up from my bed.
6. Having broken his leg, it became dificult for him to walk
7. The lost child found no joy in the fair.

Combine the following sets of sentences, using a Non-finite verb (Infinitive, Gerund, or Participle).

1. I enjoyed the mangoes. These were sent by my uncle.
2. We go to the library. We read books there.
3. I am happy. I accept your invitation.
4. He took his gun. He fired at the bird.
5. She left home early. She arrived here on time.
6. He wants to marry Mary. His father is opposed to this.
7. Mohan sells apples. He earns fifty rupees a day.
8. It was an extremely cold day. I could not work at all. (Start with : It being ……….)
9. They held a meeting. They discussed the matters of the school.
10. I went to the Headmaster. I sought a favour.
Answer:
1. I enjoyed the mangoes sent by my uncle.
2. We go to the library to read books.
3. I am happy to accept your invitation.
4. Taking his gun, he fired at the bird.
5. Leaving her home early, she arrived here on time
6. His father is opposed to his marrying Mary
7. Selling apples, Mohan earns fifty rupees a day
8. It being an extremely cold day, I could not work at all. Go
9. They held a meeting to discuss the matters of the school.
10. I went to the Headmaster to seek a favour.

Fill in the blanks with suitable Non-finites (Infinitive, Gerund or Participle).

1. I am afraid of ……………… in the court. (appear)
2. ………………. thieves in her house, she started …………. (see, shout)
3. He decided ……….. his income by ……. a private tuition. (increase, take)
4. I noticed your friend …………. with a gambler. (sit)
5. It is easier …………. than ……….. (say, do)
6. Do you want ……….. my address ? (know)
7. Every miser hates …………. money. (spend)
8. They were eager ……….. the game. (start)
9. This rent is quite reasonable for a well …………. house. (furnish)
10. The children seemed ………….. on seeing the giant. (frighten)
Answer:
1. appearing
2. Seeing, shouting
3. to increase, taking
4. sitting
5. to do
6. to know
7. spending
8. to start
9. furnished
10. frightened.

Combine the following sets of sentences into a single sentence each.

1. Mohan is trying. He wants to follow Gandhiji.
2. The Chairman tried it. He wanted to put him off.
3. Mohan did not look at the girls. He avoided it.
4. The old man took the trouble of it. He explained the matter in detail.
5. It is no use. Don’t cry over spilt milk.
6. Hari does not accept bribes. He hates it.
7. You should not blow horn near a hospital. It is forbidden.
8. He stole the ornaments. He looked for a place to hide them.
9. I saw a gentleman. He was sitting next to me.
10. He stood aside. He was waiting for orders.
Answer:
1. Mohan is trying to follow Gandhiji.
2. The Chairman tried to put him off.
3. Mohan avoided looking at the girls.
4. The old man took the trouble of explaining the matter in detail
5. It is no use crying over spilt milk
6. Hari hates accepting bribes.
7. It is forbidden to blow a horn near a hospital.
8. Having stolen the ornaments, he looked for a place to hide them.
9. I saw a gentleman sitting next to me.
10. Standing aside, he was waiting for orders.

यदि कोई क्रिया कर्ता के वचन (number) और पुरुष (person) के प्रभाव से मुक्त हो तो उसे Non-finite Verb कहा जाता है; जैसे

1. I want to dance.
2. She wants to dance.
3. They want to dance.
4. Radha wants to dance.
ऊपर दिए गए वाक्यों में क्रिया dance पर कर्ता का कोई प्रभाव नहीं पड़ा है। इसलिए इसे Non-finite (असीमित अर्थात् बिना बन्धन) क्रिया कहा जाता है।

Non-finites तीन प्रकार के होते हैं

1. The Infinitive
(a) Bare Infinitive
(b) To-infinitive.

2. The Gerund
3. The Participle
(a) Present Participle
(b) Past Participle
(c) Perfect Participle.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Non-Finites 1

Bare Infinitive का प्रयोग

Bare Infinitive (to के बिना infinitive) का प्रयोग निम्नलिखित स्थितियों में किया जाता है

1. निम्नलिखित सहायक क्रियाओं (Modal Auxiliaries) के बाद :
do, does, did, can, could, will, would, shall, should, may, must, might, need, dare.
1. He may come today.
2. I shall accompany you.
3. I can play cricket.
4. You need not do it.
5. She dare not come here.

नोट : need और dare का प्रयोग जब मुख्य क्रियाओं के रूप में किया गया हो तो इनके साथ to- infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है; जैसे
1. He didn’t dare to come here.
2. You don’t need to go there.

नोट : सहायक क्रियाओं ought और used के बाद भी to-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है; जैसे
1. You ought to finish your work.
2. He used to come here daily.

2. निम्नलिखित सकर्मक (Transitive) क्रियाओं के बाद :
make, let, bid, feel, hear, see, watch, notice, observe, आदि क्रियाओं के बाद bare infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है जब ये क्रियाएँ Active Voice में हों; जैसे
1. I saw him steal my pen.
2. I heard him go up the stairs.
3. I felt the cold air strike against my face.
किन्तु hear, make तथा see का प्रयोग जब Passive Voice में किया गया हो तो इनके बाद to-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है; जैसे

1. He was heard to say all this.
2. She was made to dance.
3. He was seen to enter the office.
नोट : feel, hear, see तथा watch के बाद प्रायः -ing वाली क्रिया अर्थात् Present Participle का प्रयोग भी किया जाता है; जैसे

1. I saw him leaving the office. (Active)
2. He was seen leaving the office. (Passive)
3. I heard her shouting at him. (Active)
4. She was heard shouting at him. (Passive)

3. had और would वाले निम्नलिखित phrases के बाद : had better, had rather, would rather, had sooner, would sooner.

1. I would rather die than beg.
2. You had better stop smoking.

4. than, but तथा except के बाद जब इनका प्रयोग conjunction के रूप में किया गया हो; जैसे
1. He did nothing but laugh.
2. I could do nothing except agree to it.
3. I would rather walk than ride your scooter.
नोट : but के बाद bare-infinitive का प्रयोग केवल तभी किया जाता है जब but से पूर्व मुख्य क्रिया के रूप में do, does अथवा did का प्रयोग किया गया हो।

To-infinitive का प्रयोग

To-infinitive का प्रयोग निम्नलिखित स्थितियों में किया जाता है

1. ought और have के बाद to-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है यदि इन शब्दों का प्रयोग किसी ज़िम्मेदारी (obligation) अथवा कर्त्तव्य को प्रकट करने के लिए किया गया हो। सहायक क्रिया used के बाद भी to-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है; जैसे

1. We ought to help the poor.
2. You ought to respect your elders.
3. Boys had to pay their fees.
4. I have to support my family.
5. She has to live with her parents.
6. She used to come here daily.

नोट : ought और used के अतिरिक्त शेष सभी Modals के साथ bare-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है।

2. निम्नलिखित क्रियाओं के साथ to-infinitive लगाया जाता है यदि इनका प्रयोग किसी मनोरथ, इच्छा अथवा तत्परता को प्रकट करने के लिए किया गया हो
want, hope, like, love, hate, promise, intend, propose, decide, swear, learn, remember, forget, agree, consent, neglect, refuse, attempt, fail, hesitate, prepare, care, pretend, determine, arrange, seem.

1. I want to go now.
2. She decided to marry him.
3. I forgot to answer this question.
4. They promised to pay all the taxes.

3. निम्नलिखित सकर्मक (transitive) क्रियाओं के साथ object लगाने के बाद to-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है
ask, advise, allow, beg, compel, encourage, force, instruct, invite, order, permit, request, tell, teach, warn, आदि।

1. I begged him to help me.
2. My mother asked me to work hard.
3. The teacher allowed him to go.
4. The boys requested the teacher to forgive them.

4. किसी कारण अथवा उद्देश्य को प्रकट करने के लिए भी to-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है; जैसे

1. She came here to consult you.
2. I went to Delhi to meet my brother.
3. They stopped at the market to buy some apples.

5. जब किसी क्रिया को कर्ता के रूप में प्रयोग किया गया हो, तो भी to-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है; जैसे
1. To tell lies is a bad thing.
2. To play with fire is dangerous.
3. To kill little birds is a sin.

6. यदि किसी क्रिया का प्रयोग object के रूप में किया जा रहा हो, तो भी to-infinitive का ही प्रयोग किया जाता है; जैसे
1. I want to go now.
2. She hopes to pass this year.

7. किसी क्रिया के पूरक (complement) के रूप में to-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है; जैसे
1. His aim was to get good marks.
2. My hobby is to collect stamps.
3. They were to reach here today.

8. किसी noun की विशेषता प्रकट करने के लिए; जैसे
1. This cloth is easy to wash.
2. This question is difficult to do.

9. too + adjective / adverb के बाद नकारात्मक अर्थ के लिए; जैसे
1. He is too weak to walk.
2. He was too drunk to drive home.
3. She walked too slowly to catch the train.

10. adjective / adverb + enough के बाद सकारात्मक अर्थ के लिए; जैसे
1. He is rich enough to buy a car.
2. She is old enough to travel by herself.
3. This bag is light enough for me to carry.
4. She jumped high enough to touch the ceiling.

11. यदि किसी ordinal number (first, second, last, आदि) का प्रयोग एक विशेषण के रूप में किया
गया हो तो इसके बाद to-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है। जैसे
1. I was the first to reach there.
2. Radha was the last to leave the class.

12. how, when, where, what, आदि शब्दों के बाद object के रूप में to-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है; जैसे
1. I do not know how to swim.
2. He did not know what to do.
3. Can you tell me where to go ?
4. How can I say when to leave ?

13. It + is/was + adjective + for/ of + noun / pronoun to-infinitive का प्रयोग
1. It is easy for you to say that.
2. It was kind of him to help us.
3. It was brave of Ram to catch the thief.
4. It is difficult for Mohan to finish that work alone.

14. यदि किसी क्रिया का प्रयोग किसी adjective के बाद एक object के रूप में किया गया हो, तो to-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है; जैसे
1. I am happy to see you here.
2. It is bad to abuse others.
3. It is good to finish the work in time.

15. यदि किसी क्रिया का प्रयोग किसी noun या pronoun की व्याख्या करने के लिए किया गया हो, तो भी to-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है; जैसे
1. I have some letters to write.
2. I want some bread to eat.
3. He has a machine to wash the clothes.

Rewrite adding ‘to’ where necessary before the Infinitives in brackets.

1. Mohan wants …………… (swim) in the river.
2. …………….. (kill) a man is a crime.
3. Mihir Sen wanted ………….. (swim) the English Channel.
4. Let him ……………. (go) now.
5. I have come …………… (see) the Principal.
6. It began …………….. (rain) and we couldn’t ……………. (go) out.
7. We saw him …………… (arrive) at the station.
8. The book was easy ……………. (read).
9. We didn’t …………… (expect) Rama . …………. (win).
10. They heard her ………….. (sing).
11. Mohan knows how …………. (answer) the question.
12. He was too tired ……………. (walk).
13. He made me …………….. (do) it.
14. They stopped …………….. (have) some rest.
15. He is saving money …………….. (buy) a scooter.
Answer:
1. to swim
2. To kill
3. to swim
4. go
5. to see
6. to rain, go
7. arrive
8. to read
9. expect, to win
10. sing
11. to answer
12. to walk
13. do
14. to have
15. to buy.

Use the verbs in brackets with or without ‘to’ to complete each sentence.

1. He is too weak (walk).
2. It is easy (make) mistakes.
3. Who is (blame) in this ?
4. This dress is good (wear).
5. Do you want (see) this film ?
6. I saw him (open) the door.
7. This cloth is easy (wash).
8. You ought (obey) your parents.
9. We don’t allow anyone (smoke) in this room.
10. The thief was seen (enter) the building.
11. She did not let me (enter) her room.
12. I made him (give) my money back.
13. I wanted (help) him but I could not (meet) him.
14. How dare you (open) my letter ?
15. I would rather (die) than (beg).
Answer:
1. to walk
2. to make
3. to blame
4. to wear
5. to see
6. open
7. to wash
8. to,obey
9. to smoke
10. enter
11. enter
12. give
13. to help, meet
14. open
15. die, beg.

Rewrite adding ‘to’ where necessary before the Infinitives in brackets.

1. I can (sing) quite well.
2. You needn’t (say) anything.
3. He made me (repeat) words.
4. He will be able (swim) very soon.
5. Would you like (come) with me?
6. I know he won’t (tell) the truth.
7. It is easy (find) fault with others.
8. You ought (go) today; he may (go) tomorrow.
9. How dare you (speak) to me like this?
10. Can you help me (move) this table ?
11. Visitors are requested (not feed) the animals in the zoo.
12. He tried (make) me a fool.
13. Did you hear the cock (crow)?
14. There is nothing (do) now.
15. I am sorry (disturb) you.
Answer:
1. sing
2. say
3. repeat
4. to swim
5. to come
6. tell
7. to find
8. to go, go
9. speak
10. move
11. not to feed
12. to make
13. crow.
14. to do
15. to disturb.

The Gerund

क्रिया के ऐसे -ing वाले रूप को Gerund कहा जाता है जो किसी noun का काम कर रहा हो। इसके विभिन्न प्रयोग निम्नलिखित हैं

1. किसी क्रिया के Subject के रूप में; जैसे
1. Smoking causes cancer.
2. Swimming improves one’s health.

2. किसी क्रिया के Object के रूप में; जैसे
1. I love swimming.
2. I dislike smoking.

3. किसी Preposition के Object के रूप में; जैसे
1. He is fond of playing.
2. She was fined for coming late.

4. क्रिया ‘be’ के पूरक (complement) के रूप में; जैसे:
1. His only aim was cheating.
2. My favourite hobby is gardening.

5. किसी pronoun के समान-अधिकरण के रूप में; जैसे
1. It is no use crying.
2. It is foolish saying that.

6. निम्नलिखित शब्दों या शब्द-समूहों के बाद
No, busy, worth, be used to, object to, It is no use.

1. No smoking in the hall.
2. No parking here, please.
3. I am busy doing my homework.
4. This book is worth buying.
5. She is used to telling lies.
6. I am used to living a hard life.
7. I object to writing on my walls.
8. She objected to dancing in her house.
9. It is no use crying over spilt milk.
10. It is no use waiting for her now.

7. निम्नलिखित क्रियाओं के बाद object के रूप में to-infinitive तथा gerund में से किसी का भी प्रयोग किया जा सकता है
advise, allow, attempt, begin, continue, hate, intend, learn, like, love, remember, start, आदि

To-infinitive	Gerund
1. He intends to live here. 2. I love to hear this song. 3. I remembered to see him. 4. We prefer to travel by air. 5. He continued to write letters.	1. He intends living here. 2. I love hearing this song. 3. I remembered seeing him. 4. We prefer travelling by air. 5. He continued writing letters.

8. निम्नलिखित क्रियाओं के साथ bare infinitive अथवा gerund में से किसी का भी प्रयोग किया जा सकता है
feel, hear, notice, observe, see, watch, आदि।

Bare Infinitive	Gerund
1. I heard her come in. 2. She saw me cross the road. 3. I heard you shout in the class.	1. I heard her coming in 2. She saw me crossing the road. 3. I heard you shouting in the class.

9. निम्नलिखित क्रियाओं के साथ केवल gerund का प्रयोग किया जाता है। इनके साथ infinitive का प्रयोग कभी नहीं किया जाना चाहिए|
avoid, delay, deny, dislike, enjoy, finish, forget, keep (जारी रखना), mind (बुरा मानना), imagine, pardon, postpone, risk, stop, suggest, try (परखना), understand.
1. Please stop writing.
2. I dislike telling lies.
3. Please pardon my saying so.
4. Don’t risk going out in the storm.
5. I avoid meeting such persons.

10. निम्नलिखित शब्दों के साथ भी केवल gerund का ही प्रयोग किया जाता है
be worth, can’t bear, be no use, can’t stand, be no good, can’t help.
1. This table is worth buying.
2. It is no good imitating others.
3. It is no use crying over spilt milk.
4. She can’t bear living away from her children.
5. We couldn’t help laughing at him. (रोक न सकना)
6. I can’t stand smoking in my room. (सहन न कर सकना)

11. यदि mind शब्द का प्रयोग क्रिया के रूप में किया गया हो तो उसके बाद object के रूप में gerund का प्रयोग किया जाना चाहिए; जैसे
1. I don’t mind spending on books.
2. Would you mind sitting on the floor ?
3. Do you mind closing the window ?

12. किसी सम्बन्धवाचक संज्ञा या सर्वनाम के बाद सदा gerund का ही प्रयोग किया जाता है; जैसे
1. Do you mind my smoking here?
2. I dislike Mohan’s coming late daily.
3. Your future depends on your working hard.

13. Need और want के साथ gerund का प्रयोग passive अर्थ में होता है; जैसे
1. My hair wants cutting (needs to be cut).
2. Your dress needs repairing (needs to be repaired).

14. यदि try शब्द के बाद infinitive का प्रयोग किया गया हो तो इस का अर्थ होता है – ‘प्रयत्न करना’
Try के बाद यदि gerund का प्रयोग हो तो इस का अर्थ होता है – ‘प्रयोग करना’ या ‘प्रयोग कर देखना’; जैसे
1. I tried to sleep, but couldn’t.
2. If you cannot sleep, try taking a sleeping pill.

15. Like के बाद यदि gerund का प्रयोग होता हो, तो उसका अर्थ होता है ‘आनन्द उठाना’।
Like के बाद यदि infinitive का प्रयोग हो, तो उसका अर्थ होता है-‘चाहना’, ‘सहमत होना’, ‘पसंद करना’, आदि; जैसे
1. I like swimming ( = I enjoy swimming).
2. I didn’t like to disturb her as she was sleeping.

किन्तु dislike के बाद सदा gerund का ही प्रयोग किया जाता है।
1. I disliked disturbing her as she was sleeping.
2. I disliked swimming in the muddy river.

Fill in the blanks with the correct form (Gerund or Infinitive) of verbs given in brackets.

1. I enjoyed………… (swim) in the river.
2. I want them ……………… (come) back soon.
3. The thief attempted …………. (escape) but he was caught.
4. The boys suggested …………. (go) for a picnic.
5. My grandmother dislikes …………. (use) face powder.
6. Don’t you remember ………… (see) her at Mohan’s birthday party ?
7. You must remember ……….. (telephone) me after ……….. (reach) there.
8. How long do you expect …………… (stay) in Agra ?
9. ……………. (learn) English quickly is not an easy thing.
10. She promised ……….. (return) it as soon as possible.
11. This problem is difficult ………….. (solve).
12. I wanted ………….. (suggest) it, but I was afraid of ……… (offend) her.
13. It is very easy …………. (criticize) other people’s work.
14. ………… (write) good essays is very difficult.
15. This book is not worth ……….. (buy).
Answer:
1. swimming
2. to come
3. to escape
4. going
5. using
6. seeing
7. to telephone,reaching
8. to stay
9. Learning
10. to return
11. to solve
12. to suggest, offending
13. to criticize
14. Writing
15. buying.

The Participle

क्रिया के जिस रूप में Verb तथा Adjective दोनों के गुण हों, उसे Participle कहा जाता है। Participles तीन प्रकार के होते हैं

Present Participle (V₁ -ing)	Past Participle (V₃)	Perfect Participle (having + V₃)
Seeing	Seen	Having seen
Drowning	Drowned	Having drowned
Finishing	Finished	Having finished

1. Present Participle उदाहरण
1. The results were encouraging.
2. A drowning man catches at a straw.
3. Seeing the police, the thief ran away.
4. Naresh went into the bathroom singing.

2. Past Participle of उदाहरण
1. I saw a faded rose.
2. I boarded a crowded bus.
3. These solved papers are very helpful.
4. His spoken English is much better than yours.

3. Perfect Participle के उदाहरण
1. Having won a prize, Neelu felt happy
2. Having done his homework, John went out to play.
3. Having bought a book, I came back from the market.
4. Having attended a meeting of the club, I came back.

Present Participle का प्रयोग

Present Participle का प्रयोग निम्नलिखित स्थितियों में किया जाता है

1. Continuous Tense बनाने के लिए; जैसे____

1. He is writing a letter.
2. She was sleeping in her room.
3. It will be raining on the hills.

2. एक Adjective (विशेषण) के रूप में; जैसे
1. I saw a burning house.
2. Barking dogs seldom bite.
3. He told me an interesting story.

3. किसी Subject के पूरक (complement) के रूप में; जैसे
1. The girl was charming.
2. The work was tiring.
3. The play was boring.

4. Object के पूरक के रूप में, जैसे
1. I found her sleeping:
2. I saw him running.
3. We heard the bombs exploding.

5. जब कोई क्रिया वाक्य की मुख्य क्रिया के समय पर ही हो रही हो; जैसे
1. She went away laughing.
2. The girls entered the stage singing a song.
3. Looking through some old papers, I came across this letter.
I looked through some old papers and came across this letter.
4. Seeing the Headmaster, the students stopped talking.
The students saw the Headmaster and they stopped talking.

6. जब कोई कार्य मुख्य क्रिया का ही भाग हो या उसका परिणाम हो; जैसे
1. He fired, killing the tiger.
2. She went away, breaking my heart.
3. It rained heavily, flooding the rivers
4. The police fired, killing two thieves.

7. It + be + Present Participle + infinitive की रचना वाले वाक्यों में जैसे
1. It was depressing to find him sick.
2. It is boring to do the same thing every day.

8. have + object के बाद जैसे
1. He had people waiting for him all day.
2. I won’t have him sleeping in my room,

9. see / hear / feel / smell / watch / notice + object के बाद जैसे
1. I felt the earth moving.
2. I saw him passing my house.
3. She smelt something burning.
4. I watched them rehearsing the play.
5. Didn’t you hear the children shouting ?

10. catch / find / leave + object के बाद जैसे
1. He left me crying in pain.
2. I caught him stealing my books.
3. I found him standing at the door.

11. go तथा come के बाद शरीर सम्बन्धी क्रिया ओं के लिए जैसे –
1. She came dancing / crying / shouting / etc.
2. They went swimming / hunting / riding / shopping / etc.

12. spend / waste + समय या धन सम्बन्धी वर्णन के बाद जैसे |
1. He spends two hours a day swimming.
2. He spent a lot of money buying gifts for her.
3. He wasted a whole afternoon trying to repair his car.

13. be + busy के बाद जैसे
1. I am busy doing my homework.
2. She was busy packing her luggage.

Past Participle का प्रयोग

Past Participle का प्रयोग निम्नलिखित स्थितियों में किया जाता है

1. Perfect Tense बनाने के लिए; जैसे
1. Ram has gone to Shimla.
2. I have finished my work.
3. She had written the poem.

2. विशेषण के रूप में; जैसे
1. I saw a wounded bird.
2. They don’t admit failed students.

3. Subject के पूरक के रूप में; जैसे
1. The corrupt officer was dismissed.
2. All the schools were closed.

4. Object के पूरक के रूप में; जैसे
1. I found the books stolen.
2. They left the work unfinished.

5. Adverb के रूप में; जैसे
1. He went away greatly satisfied.
2. He left the hospital cured.

6. दो वाक्यों को जोड़ने के लिए; जैसे
A speeding car hit him. He died on the spot.
= Hit by a speeding car, he died on the spot.

Perfect Participle का प्रयोग

1. He milked the cow. Then he went to market.
= Having milked the cow, he went to market.

2. He finished his work. Then he went home.
= Having finished his work, he went home.

3. He completed his studies. Then he started looking for a job.
= Having completed his studies, he started looking for a job.

Use the correct non-finite form (Infinitive, Gerund or Participle) of the given- verbs.

1. The rice will grow well in the (come) season.
2. We heard of his (come) back today.
3. We hope (see) him back soon.
4. (believe) him to be right, I trusted him.
5. Night (come) on, the men went home.
6. Did you hear of his (win) a prize ?
7. I am tired of (do) this work.
8. Generally (speak), we get what we deserve.
9. We saw him (leave) the house.
10. I was very happy (see) you.
11. I shall be glad (help) you.
12. My wife (expect) my return, did not leave the house.
Answer:
1. go
2. to smoke
3. to accept
4. telling
5. polish
6. crying
7. going
8. taking
9. Swimming
10. to stay
11. living
12. to meet.

Put the verbs in brackets into the correct Non-finite form.

1. Please let me (go) now.
2. He used (smoke) too much.
3. He refused (accept) the bribe.
4. My dad hates (tell) lies.
5; He made me (polish) his shoes.
6. It is no use (cry) over spilt milk.
7. He is used to (go) to cinema too often.
8. She objected to (take) her bicycle.
9. (swim) is a good exercise.
10. I don’t know where (stay) for the night.
11. He dislikes (live) in the village.
12. I arranged (meet) him in a hotel.
Answer:
1. coming
2. coming
3. to see
4. Believing
5. having come
6. winning
7. doing
8. speaking
9. leave / leaving
10. to see
11. to help
12. expecting.